Google
This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project
to make the world's books discoverable online.
It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover.
Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the
publisher to a library and finally to you.
Usage guidelines
Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing tliis resource, we liave taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.
We also ask that you:
+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.
+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.
+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for in forming people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.
+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe.
About Google Book Search
Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web
at |http: //books .google .com/I
-■ "^fWW
ri
,„a„C.Otw|j^
K
l:...i,_..._, Cookie
• R .A T I O N A I
REGREATIOJ
In which Ihe P%1NCIFI.ES of
N U M B E R
AMD
NATURAL PHILOSOI
Are plcarly and copiouHy elucidated,
BY A SERIE; of
EASY, ENTERtAINlNG, INTERES
EXPERIMENTS.
Among wUch are
All thofe commonly performed with the (
By W.'' H O O P E R, M. D
VOL. IV.
TH? «ECOSD EDITION. CORRECTE
tONDON,
Print«| for L. Davis, Holbom i J. Hobsoh, New Ik
B.'ITA^r. Av« Maria^lane.; and G. Robikioh, fateiuioS
MDCCLXXXII.
_,CoogIe
Diqiiii^dbyGoogle
^**'^7 RATIONAL
RECREATIONS.
VOLUME THE FOURTH.
CONTAIN I NG
EXPERIMENTS
I N
PNEUMATICS, HYDROLaGY,
AND
PYROTECHNICS
WITH AS
A P P E N D I -X
OF
MISCELLANEOUS RECREATIONS.
A 2
UiMili;..:!:, Google
b,GoogIc
DESCRIPTIONof thePtATES.
■ !» L A T E I. p. 3.
THE common air-pump. A A, are twa
brafs barrels ; C C, two piftons, working
iii thofe barrels ; B the handle by which they are
wwked ; G G, the pillars that fupport the frame
of the pump wheels fcrdwed on them by the nuts
F F i H H is a brafs pipe called the fwan's neck,
through which the air pafles, from under the re-
ceiver O O, by a fmall hole K, ib the middle o£
the brafs plate I, t6 a brafs piece in the box DD>
from whence it is pumped out. LLL is a mer-
curial gage, that communicates with the re-
ceiver ; N the ftop-cock, by which the air is le*
sdmitted} when necdfary.
P L A T E ir. p. i6.
Fig. I. The animometer. ABCDEFGH
is a frame of wood, fupported by the port P;
QM a horizontal axis, that, moves in the crofs
pieces I and L, by means of the four fails a, b,
c^dtii/tgy hi oh this axis is fixed a cone of
Wood, MNO, .by which the weight Sis raifcd:
A3 IK
i.,Goo<ilc
ii DESCRIPTION OF
IK is a ratchet wheel, whofe teeth are taken ^
the click X.
Fig. 2. The circular hygrometer. ABCD i»*
a fquare board ; at the poiat £ a catgut is-iaed^
that pa^Dg over feveral pullies, marked C, ir
fattened at the other cod to the fpring F, which
is regulated by the fcrew I. At H a brafs in-
dented ruler takes- the teeth of apinioilK, whofe
axis goesthrough the board, and on the other fide
carries the index A that points tothc divifions of
the circle E. ■ ■ v
Fig. 3 and 4. The perpendicular bygrotneter^
The circles marked C are puUies^ver which pafits
a firing, that is-faftened at A, and at the other end ■
Bas a weight F. A piece of brafs is fixed Co the -
firing at G, and moves freely in the groove Hi ^
ro this brafs piece, on the other fide of the board,
is fattened an index E, Fig. 4, which fliows the
degree of moifture, by the fcale LM.
Fig. 5..R.S a catgut that is fattened at S, paffes'
over the pulley T, and has a weight atV, to the
top of which 19 fattened ah index that points tr
the fcale Z,
PLATE in. p. 46.
Fig. r. The air gun. ECDR the outer bar-
rel ; KA the inner barrel ; SMNP the fyringe^
by which the air is injefted through the valve
NPt, Tt another valve, that is opened by the'
trigger O, by which the air enters behind the ball'
at K., and drives it out.
Fig; 2* The lock of this gun.
iz.GoogIc
thePLAtes* iii
Fig. 3. The machine for artificial i-ain and hail.
A, A, 8ec. the boards that have holes through
whi(:h ftiot pa0es. D the axis on which the wheel
turns.
Fig. 4. The magical tree. A B C D the box
that coatains the copper veffel FG, into \vhich air
is fprced by the fyringe MN, Fig. 5. At I is a
cock, that lets the air into the hollow ftalk of the
tree O, and from thence it paiTes, hj the other
brajicbes, which a« hollow likewife, to the fruit
and flowers.
.PLATE IV. p. 64.
Figi I. GADB a veffel of water, in which one
tnd of the fyphon F is plunged, and being ex-
haufted of the air, the water runs out at the other
eodE.
Fig. 2i A fucking pump. CD the pifton,
EF two valves that open upward , MN the water
in the well, H the pipeby which it runs out.
Figl 3. The forcing pump. C a folid pifton,
D a valve, H the pipe for conveying the water,
in which is the valve E, through which thewater
is forced, by the pifton C, into the ciftern F, from
whence it runs out.
Fig. 4. The lifting pump. BD is an inverted
pifton placed in the frame GEQHO ; when this
part is pulhed down the water afcends through
the pifton D, and when the frame is drawn up, it
is forced through the valve C, and out cf the
ciftern at H.
A 4 PLATE
U.,g,l,;.d.XiOO^IC
iv DESCRIPTION of
P L A T E V. p. 78.
Fig- !• The fimple hydrometer. B ^ a cop-
per bali, in which is fixed the braft wire AB ; oft
this wire are feveral marks which fliow the dif-
ftrent gravities of fluids, as in Fig. t.
Fig. 3. The compound hydrometer. B is a
hollow bat], to which is fcrewed another ball h, ■
filled ivith mercury. In the ball B is fixed a gra-
tluatcd wire AC. A is a fmall weight that makes
the ivjre dcfcend the different depths, accordingto
the gravity of the liquors.
Fig. 4. The hydroftatic balance. From the
point A is fufpended the barBB, to which hangs
the balance i, that is checked by the fpring zy,
Supported by the piece M. From the bottom of
each fcale e and J^ hangs a wire, that goes through
the table ; and to that from the fcale e, is fixed
another graduated wire r j, at the bottom of which
is a weight L, and to that hangs a wire with a
fmall brafs ball ^. T is an index, placed agwnft
the . graduated wire r s. At the end of the wire -
that comes from the fcale d hangs, by a horfe-
hair, a glafs tube R. The firing that goes over
the point A pafles down to the bottom of the
ftand, and is fattened to the fcrew P, by which
the balance is raifed or lowered.
P L A T E VI. p. 84.
Fig. I The fcrew of Archimedes. AB a cy*
Under, round which runs a pipe CD, whofe lower
and
ixibiGoogle
THB P L A T E S. %
end is immerfed in the water; D is the end of
the pipe from whence the water ilTues ; K the
handle, fupported by the piece IR.
Fig. 2. The hydraulic fcoop. B the fcoop,
Athe point from which the handle C is fufpended.
Fig. 3. The balance pumps. AB the balance,
O, P, the pumps % M, N, the piftons ; HH the
pipe through which the water is conveyed } F, G,
are two fprings to return the balance.
Fig.4, ihows the manner in which the balance
moves on the points C.
Fig. 5, The hydroftatic bellows. AB and EF
two circular boards -, AE and BF the fides, which
are of leather ; DC a pipe fcrcwed into the board.
PLATE VII. p. 92.
Fig. I. The water-cock. ABCD a glafi
Veflel, E a fmall glafs tube glued in the veffel ;
Gl another glafs tube, to which hangs a weight
L ; F the cover of the veflel.
Fig. a. The hydraulic dancer. A B a figure
made of cork ■, C a hoUowcone placed under th«
figure.
Fig. 3. A hollow ball of copper placed on the
top of a fountain.
Fig. 4. The globular fountain. A is a hollow
globe of copper, fixed on the pipe B,whofe orifice
C is placed over a jet.
Fig. 5. Thebemifphcrical cafcade. 'Ina hoi-.
, low inverted cone A, is fixed a pipe E, and the
water
ii^dbyGoO^IC
water thac falls froiA'it rlins cJvHf the'lide bf'th^ '
cooe C, ia foi*itt of y h<m^{pBfereV' '
Fig. 6. The faiit/^ea 'ifev^/fe^, wTiertitformV
a fbuntam in tile figtffti'of a v^Ce.
Fi^. 7. Thfe watef-Ttirf;'''A is a hoflbw yeffeli '^
in the middle of which iPi^ahbttiber of holes, apd
the waterthat cOihds -from the'jetj' on which it 13".
placed, rufliingthrbugh'Hiofe* holes, forms the
refemblance of a fun, as iri the adj&imng figure.'
Fig. 8. Several pieces, ofthe Anie (brt with the
laftj placed over each other, in a hbrrzbht'al dl*
reftion, and all fuppliedby the'fairie'plpe? " '
PLATE VIII. p. io8. '
Fig. I. The revolving water-fun. A hollow
circle, in which there are fevcral holes, is fixed on
the top of a jet, and as the circle turns round the
Water ruihes out of the holes.
Fig. 2. The magic bottle. A B a bottle
filled with wine ; CD a veffel filled with water to
the top of the bottle.
Fig. 3. The marvellous veffel; Bthe mouth of
the veffel, which is 6Ued with water and flopped,
and at the bottom A "are feveral holes.
f Fig. 4. The magical cafcade. AB a tin vcf-^
fel that holds the water ; DE a pipe fixed to the
veflel; F, F, fmall tubes through which the
water flows, GH the bafon to receive it. '
Fig. 5. The circulating fountain. EC the box
that contains the water j WA the bafon in
which
..Google
t H E ? 1 A T £ sr. - tii
iiihich t^e fountain plays ; WX the leg, by- which'
(he water runs, into the box DX; YZ the leg
through which the air is forced into the box EC.
Fig. 6. ■Thecompreffedjetd'eau. Aisacop-
per veflelr in which is i pipe BE, and in that an-
other, G, that is fmaller } H is a cock to let ouc
the air.
Fig. 7' The illuminated fountain. AB and CI>
are two cylindrical ve0els, that are'conneft^ed by
four tubes ' H, I, &c. and to each' of thefe tubes^
eandlefiicks are fixed. At G is an aperture, by
which water is poured into the veflel CD, and at
K. is the jet.
Fig. S. The folar fountain. GNS is a thin
hollo* globe of copper. Through the leg C of
the table AB paflesa pipe that goes to V. Ar
K is a cock by which the fountain is flopped,
PLATE IX. p. iJ4.
Fig. I. The cup of Tantalus This cup i»
filled with water to S,^and-at A is placed an image
(hat contains a fypbon, which begins at one foor
of the image, goes up to his breaft, then down to
the other footjantfout at the bottom of the veflel.
Fig. 2. The fea gage. A B the gage bottle >
F/ the tube, the lower end of which is immerfed
in mercury ; GH is a pipe of brafs that has fe-
veral holes to admit the water into the bottle
AB ; K a weight that hangs by the fliank L ii>
Phe focket N ; I is a large empty ball, fixed to
fhe bKifa tube H-
g,l,;.d.,C00gIC
vii'i DtsCRIPTION o^
Fig. 3. An inftrument to be added to the ten' '
gage, to meafure great depths. BCDF a hollow
metal globe, to the top ot which is fixed the long
tube AB : at the part D of the globe is joiaed a
ihort tube D£, that is to ftand in the mercur/
and treacle.
Fig. 4. The diving bell. AB thfe top of thtf
bell : D a gtafs to admit the light ; H a cock to
let out the foul air; L M a circular feat for the
divers to fit on i G one of the barrels by which
the divers arc provided with frefli air •, F a diver
difpatched at fome diftance from the bell.
Fig. 5. A divi ng*bell for a fingle ^etfon. AB
the bell, funk by weights at D; 0, G, G, three
glaftes to admit the light, which are ddfendcd hy
the lids H, H, H ; FFF chains that fupporcthe
ring E, on which the diver ftands.
PLATE X. p. 164.
Hg. I, and 2, are papers cut through with fl
piercer, and behind them a light is placed, by
which they appear as illuminations.
Fig. 3, 4, 5, 6, and 8, are other papers of the
fame fort as the laft figures, but thefe are to re-
volve on a wire wheel, as Fig. 7.
Fig. 9, is an illumination where the fire ap-
pears to proceed in different directions.
Fig. 10. A double revolving wheel of fire, that
at B proceeding in a different direftion from that
at A.
Fig. II. The burning fountain. ABCDisa,
«opper-veflel,iD which is fixed the eolipile>that
hat
1
.,Got_ygIc
THi PLATES: Ix
has a cock at G, and a fqiall pipe F, with 4 very
Imall -orifice.
PLATE XL p. 168,
Fig I. A wheel for reprefenting illuminations
in various dire&ions ; A, A, ice. are pyramids
that appear to turn on their centers.
Fig. 2, and i% The apparatus for cafcades of
fire. Fig. 2, the manner of piercing the paper.
AB> Fig. 3» is a paper rolled on a cylinder, and
as it is unrolled by the handle D the cafcade gra-
dually appears.
Fig. 4. The manner of reprefenting a cafcade
^y 9 fpiral.
PLATE XIL p.|oo.
' Fig. I. The machine fpr thp luminous oracle.
ABCD a tin box. At M is a door in the. back of
tlie box, where the lights are placed in it ; L,
the opening in front, by which the objedts are
viewed.
Fig. 2. OP is double glafs, between which a
compofitton is put ; on the back glafs a pifture
i( painted, and on the front glafs a paper, divided
into 45 parts.
Fig. 3. A pafteboard divided into 15 equal-
parts, iimtlar to thofe in the lad figure.
Fig. 4. ABCD a tin box. FGfll its pedcftal,
in whicbf by the door at L, a chaHndifh is placed.
O a glafs it) the front of the box i R a flower
placed in a tin tube.
Fig. 5; The box for the marvellous portrait.
A the cover of the box, B it? bottom, CD a falfe
jbottom, that draws out.
Fig.
ixibvGoogle
. K DESCRIPTION or
Fig. 6. The artificial hand. This hand is
placed on a pedellal> covered with a thin fluff ^ at
ST is an opening; "and at I, a roller, by which the
motion of the arm is facilitated. In the lower
figure the elbow is joined to the piece F, that
turns in two fcrews C and D } the end F goes
through a partition, and by that end ian affiilaDt
moves the arm.
Fig. 7. The talifman. ABC a triangular box ;
B a plate to be put at the bottom "of the box; CLa
■copper triangle to be placed under the top of the
box, and fattened to the knob O.
PLATE XIII. p. 228.
Fig. I. The box for the fybils. ^B a JipUow
pedeftal ; C a box that communicates with jche
pedeftal. In the divifions of the circle M are the
n^mes of the months, and the names of the days
of the wedc. M is an index that turns freely on
its center, and between ON is an opening Soto the
pedeftal, in which moves the bent index R, P is a
puDy wbofe axis is direftly under the center of the
'Circle M. S aBd T two tellers, and at the end of
T is a pulley V. X is ft fmall pulley, round
which goes a firing that communicates with P apd.
T- D an opening in the front of the boi, where
the name of one of the fybils appears.
Fig. 2. The magic urn. AB a hole, in ^Yhich.
the cylinder C, Fig. 3, is to be placed. D the
iop of the cylinder. ,.,,--.
Fig. 4. The box for the' incopijjrebenfible^
writings DE, Fig. 5,fliWtheinfideof thetop
ib,Go,ogIf
THB PLATES, xt
of the box ; h, a plate of copper, to be placed
in ihe'part D of the top of the bo^.
Fig. 6, isaflip of paperGH, of the fame fizc
witTi the bottom of the foregoing boxj at each
end of this paper is wrote the name of a card.
Fig, 7. The oracular mirror. ABCD the mir-
ror, which is moveable in the frame, and is feen
under the glaflcs placed in the fmall circles,
PLATE XIV. p. 276.
Kg. I, and 2, The difpofition of the fingers
in making the pafs.
Fig* 3» At and 5. The cards for the fifteen
thoufand livres.
F'g- 6» 7» and 8. Cards for a recreation fimi-
lar to the laft.
Fig. 9. The magic ring.
Fig. 10. The card in the mirror. B the part
pf the glafs where the quickfilver is fcraped off,
and the card appears. CD and EF the grooves
in which the mirror moves.
Fig. II. The marvellous vafe. A B the fec-
tion of the vafc : c d efg the divifions in which
the cards arc placed ; H the point to which a
firing is fixed, that goes down the three fmall di-r
yifions, under the pulley I, through the bracket
L, and comes out behind the partition M.
RATIONAL
D,g,l,;.d.,C00gIe
:dbvGoogIe
RATIONAL RECREATIONS.
PNEUMATICS. .
DEFINITIONS.
'•/"IpHE atmofphere is that body of ai^
* which every where furrounds the
■ earth,
2. The air-pump is a machine con-
trived to produce a vacuum, by exhauft*
ing the air out of a veflel called a re*
ceiver.
3. The condenfcr is an inftrument, ge-
Bcrally in form of a fyringe, to force a
greater quantity of air into any vcffel than
it naturally contains.
Vol. IV. B 4. The
D,a,i,zMb,.GoO^Ic
2 RATIONAL
4. The animometer is an inftrumcht
that meafures the ftrength of the wind.
5. The hygrometer is contrived to Ihow
the diffcrwit degrees of moifture in the at-
mofphere at different times.
6. The thermometer meafures the de-
grees of heat and cold of the air, and of
other bodies.
7. The barometer Ihows the different,
weight of the air at diiferent times.
APHORISMS.
1. The air is an elailic, ponderating,
compreffible, and expaofible fluid; that is
ien0ble only to the touch.
2. Tiit elafficity of the air is increa&d
hy heat- and- 6<tercafed by cold *;
• This is proved by the common experimeiit
of tying the neck of an unflated bladder, and lay-
ing it before the fire : for ihe heat, by expanding
the fmall quantity of air in the bladder, will ex-
tend it to die ntmoft ftretch, and at laft burft it^
with a loud report. But if after the bladder be-
comes diftcnded it be carried into the cold, it will
immediately reftime its fliiccid form.
3. The
./Google
RECREATIONS. 3
3. The weight of the air is fo fmiU as
not to be perceived but in large quanti-
ties*.
4. The rarcfaaion and condcnration of
the air, are indefinite -f-. .
* A gallon of air weighs oiie dram, nearly,
A column of tke atmofphcrc, i#hofe bafe in a fqmre
inch is equal to i^lb.^confequcntly, the furface of
a man's body, of fix feet ftature, being on an
average equal to 14 fquare feet, it muft be prelled
by a weight of air equal to 28000 pounds. This'
great weight is counterafled by the air within the
human body ; which, though fmall in quantity,
)s> by its ^ring, fufficient to balance the exter-
nal air.
f Mr. Eayle found that the air near tke furfacfi
oftheearth is comprefled, by its oWn weight, into
a fpacft Icfs than — | - ^^ part of the fpacc it would
take \ip if left at liberty j and as the common air
snay be comprefled into 35 of its natural ipacc, it
follows, that the air may occupy a fpace 780,000
times greater at one time, than another. Dr. Gre-
gory has fhewn, that if a globule ofvr of one inch
diameter, had as great an expanlfon as it would
have at the diftance' of a femidiameter of the earth
from its furfece, it would fill all the planetary
regions, as hx a^ and even beyond the fpiiere of
Sativn.
B a 5. Air,
i:,GopgIe >■
4 RATIONAL
5. Though air is greatly condenfible by
cold, it cannot be congealed.
6. Air is neceflary to animal exiftence*.
7. Aduft air, that is, fuch as has paflcd
through the -fire pr a heated tube, will
not Tuppcrt animal life-[-.
8. Air is contained in almoft all bodies,
and may be produced from them^.
* Thb has been proved by many, far too many
expcrimeats, with the air-pump. It is not how-'
ever univerially true, for toads, vipers, ccis, in-
feits of every kind, aud fifli, live in the exhauftcd
receiver.
t An animal put into a receiver filled with burnt
air win expire immediately. Live coals and candles
will likewife go out when put in fuch air.
X Air is produced from bodies by their diflblu-
tion, that is, by fermentation, difiillation, and
fimilcr methods. The quantity of air produced
from bodies is very different. Yellow wax con-
tains onc-fixteenth, coarfc fugar one-tenth, oyftcr-
fliclls and muflard feed onc,-0xth, heart of vak
one-fourth, pcafe, dry tobacco, and Ncwcaftle ,
coal one third, and the calculus bumanus, or ftonc
found in the human bladder, one-half of their fc-
veral weights.
9- Air
:dbvGoogIe
RECREATIONS. 5
9. Sound is communicated by the air *.
10. The atmolphere is of different den-
fities at difFer^nt heights, and is mofl deiife
near the earth •!-.
1 1 . The height of the atmolphere does
not exceed 50 miles J.
12- Windisnotbingbut a current of air.
13. The velocity of the wind is from
" I to 60 miles in an hour§.
• This is proved by the T)eII in the receiver
x>f the air-pump, as wilt be feen in the Re-
creations.
t At the height of 42 miles the air is computed
to be 4096 times more rare than at the farfacc of
the earth.
t As the air becomes continually more rare
as its diftance frojn thS earth increafcs, it is im-
poffible to determine its exafl height, ijut by dif-
ferent experiments, cfpecially by obfcrving the da-
ration of the twilight, it may be reckoned from 45
to 50 miles.
^ It muft be a very ftrong wind that goes 60
miles in an hour. The velocity of tlic windj at a.
medium, may be reckocied 12 or ■ 5 miles per hour.
If a perfoh go the faiue vnf with the wind, and
witli an equal or greater velocity, hs will not know
B 3 tlicrc
jz.GoogIc
6 RAT I O N A L
THE PNEUMATIC APPARATUS.
^^F all the pneumatic apparatus the air-
^-■^pump is doubtlefs thcmoft important,
and that as well from its entertainment as
the elucidation it affords to tihis branch of
fcience.
The conrtruftion of the common air-
pump is as follows. A A, Plate I. re-
/prefent two brafs barrels, in which the
piftons C C aift. The tVafs pipe H H is
called the fwan's neck> through which the
air paiTes from under the receiver O O,
by a imall hole K in the middle of the
brafs plate I, on the top of the pump, to
there is any wind ; while another going againll
is, or with a Icfs velocity, will perceive it very fca-
fibly. Dr. Dcrham found by repeatedly obfcrving
the fpace paflcd over by a feather, with a half fe-
cond v; atch, in the great florm in 1 705, that it was
33 feet per half fecoud, which is equal to 45 miles
per hour ; from whence he concluded, that the moft
vehement wind, as that in November 1703, docs
pot e]ccecd 50 or 60 wiles per hour.
a brafs
bvGoogle
RECaBLEATIOSfS. 7
a brafs piece in the box D D ; which be-
ing perforated Ukcwife to the middle
point under each barrel, tranfmits the air,
by a bladder valve, to be pumped out.
The mercurial gage which communi-
.cates with the receiver, is marked L L L.
The ftop-cock N, ferves to re-admit the
air, when ncceflary. B is the handle or
winch for working the pump. G G are
two pillars, fupporting the frame of the
pump- wheel, which is fcrewed upon them
by the two nuts, E E. The ufe of the
other parts will readily appear from an in-
ipedionof die figure.
The operation of this machine depends
pn the elaftlcity of the air ; for as the
pifton riles, the air in the receiver by its
fpring is forced into the barrel of the
pump, thiough the valve at the bottom,
which valve prevents its return into the
receiver ; the pifton in its deicent, then
compreffes the air in the barrel, by wbich
' means
g,l,;.d.,C00^IC
$ RAT I O NAL
means it is forced out through the valvo
in the pifton; into the external air. By
continually woi-Icing the pump, the pif-
tons aft: altergately aod thp receiver is
gradually exhaufted j but the air can never
be totally drawn out, (o as to leave a
perfeft vacuum ; for it muft be remem-
bered, that the air is forced into the bar-
rels by the fpring of that whish remains in
the receiver J therefore to exhauft every
particle, the laft muft- be expelled without
an agent* which is abfufd.
Such is the conAru&ion of the common
air-pump; but there is another, invented
by Mr. Sm-aton, by which a purer vacu-
um is obtained, and which alfo afts as a
condenfing engine. There, is moreover,
what they call a portable air pump, which
is placed on a table, and may be cafily
ponveyed froru one place to another.
the;
:dbvGoogIe
bvGoogle
b,GoogIe
RECREATIONS. 9
THE ANIMOMETER.
THE conftruilion of this mftrument
may be as follows, Let A BCD
EFGH, (Plate II. Fig. i.) be an open
frame of wood, firmly fupported by the
poft P. In the crofs pieces I and L is
moved an horizontal axis QJVI, by
means of the four fails, a 6, c 4, e/, g ^»
expofed to the wind in a proper direftion.
Upon this axis is fixed a cone of wood
MNO, upon which, as the fails move
round, a weight S is raifed, by a ftring
on its furface, proceeding from the fmall
^o the largeft encj N O. Upon the great
end, or bafe of the cone, is fixed a ratchet-
wheel I K, in whole teeth falls thexlick
%, to prevent a retrograde niotion fron^
jhe depending wheel.
It is eafy to perceive, from theconftmc-.
tion of this machine, that it is adapted to
gftimate the variable force of the wind,
becaufe
iz.GoogIc
10 RATIONAL
bccaiife the force of the weight will con-
tinually increafe as the llring advances on
the conical Airface, by adting at a greater
diftance from the axis; and therefore if
fuch a weight be put on the fmalleft part
at M, as wiU juft keep the machine in
equilibrio with the weakeft wind j as the
wind becomes ftrongcr, the weight will
be raifed in proportion, from S towards
R ; and the diameter of the bafe of the
ccme N O, may be fo large, in compari-
fon of that of the fmaller end or axis at
M> that the ilrongeft wind fhall but juft
jraife the weight to the great end.
Let the diameter of the axis, for exam-
ple, be to that of the bafe of the cone NO,
a<s J to 28. Then if S be a weight* of one
pound on the axis at M, it will be equiva-
lent to 28 pounds, or one-fourth of a hun-
dred weight, when raifed to the greateft
end. Therefore, if when the wind is
weakeft it fupport one pound on the axis
it muft be 38 times as ftrong to raife the
weight
D,q,i,z.:d=,.GoogIe
RECREATJ0NS. *,
weight to the bafe of the cone. It follows,
that if a line of 2S equal parts be dra!wn
on the fide of the cone, the ftfcngth of the
wind will be exprefi^d by the number oa
which the ilring fliall at any time hang.
This firing may, moreover, be of iiich
a fize, and the cone of fuch a length, that
there may be 16 revolutions of the^ft^ing
between each divifion of the fcale on the
cone ; by which mean the ftrength of the
wind will be exprefied in pounds and
ounces. If ftill greater accuracy be re-
quired, let the periphery of the cone'«
bafe be divided into 16 equal parts : then^
wherever the equilibrium happens,' the
firing will leave the conic furfacc againft
one of thofe divifions, and confequently
ihow the force of the wind to a dram aver-
dupoife weight,
THE
,i.:db,Goo^lc
rz RATIONAL
THE CIRCULAR HYGROMETER.
TAKE a board AB CD, about a foot
fquare (Plate II. Fig, 2.) and bind
it round either with four pieces of iron,
or dry hard wood, about half an inch
thick, to prevent it from enlarging, to any
fenfible degree, by the tnoifture of the
air. At the feveral parts marked C. in the
figure, place puUics of about half an inch
diameter, and that turn quite free on their
axis. At E fix one end,»of a catgut, of
the fize of the fmalleft firing of a violin ;
let it pafsover all thepullies and be fixed,
by the other end, to the fpring F, which
is to be adjufted by the fcrew I, fo as to
to have more or lefs force.
Near the center of the board is to be
fixed to the catgut a brafs ruler H, about
an inch long, and that has 20 or 25 teeth,
which are to take thofe of the pinion K,
\vhpfe axis, Which is in the center of the
board, pafies through it, and ftands out
■ '• ■ I
RECREATIONS. 13
on the other fide, on which is,to be fixed
a very flight index, (fee Fig.) and round
the center defcribe the circle E. Cover
that fide of the board on which are the
pullies, with a cloth.
As the moifture of the air will contraft
the catgut, which is near fix feet long,
and the drynefs extends it j by means of
the fpring the brafs ruler will afcend in
the firft ftate, and defcend in the other,
and by its motion will neceflarily turn the
pinion and index.
To regulate this hygrometer, the circle
E being divided into 60 equal parts, as
in the figure, choofe a time when the air
is very dry, and fix the index againft the
firft degree, and as the air becomes moifl
the index will fhow, by the number of
divifions it pafles over, the degree of that
moifture. If the index ihould be found
' to make more than a complete revolution,
the Ipring to which the catgut is fattened,
muft be contraifled.
, THE
ii^dbyGoO^IC
14 RATIONAL
TH& PERPENDICULAR BfyGROMETEO.
/^]Sf the board ABCD, that Is a foot
^^ long and three inches wide, (Plate
If. Fig. 3.) let a catgut .pais over the
eight fmall pullies marked C, and be fixed
at one end to the top of the board, and at
the other to the weight F. To the catgut
faftcn a, fmall piece (Sfbrafs at G, which
moves freely in the groove H I, and to the
end that is on the other fide of the board,
fix the index E, Fig. 4. which as it
afcends and defcends, marks the degrfts
of drynefs or moifture on the fcale L M.
This hygrometer has not fo great an
ektent as the former, but is more fenfible,
as having a greater length of firing, and
no friftiofi of teeth, and it is more eafily
conftrudledj nothing being here neceflary
but to adjuft a proper weight to the end
of the ftring, and to make the pullies move
quite free, for which purpofc they fliould
be frequently oiled.
But
:d=,GoogIc
RECREATIONS. 15
But the moil itmple, and at the fame
time the moft fenfible hygrometer, maybe
conftrudted as follows. Let R S, Fig. 5.,
be a catgut or whipcord that goes from
one end of the room to the other, near the
€■161102, and pafling over the pulley T, de-
fcends in a corner of the room to V, where
it is faOiened to a weight fuiHcient to keep
it always ftretched. This weight is to
hang free from the wall, and there is to
be faftened to it an index X, which points
to a fcale of wood or paper Z, that' is placed
againil the wall. As this hygrometer has
no other friction than that of a fingle pul-
ley, and may have, in a fmall room, iS
'cr 20 feet of ftring, it is certainly more
eligible than either of the foregoing, and
' perhaps, than any of the numerous and
complicated hygrometers that have been
invented.
THE
'"D,„l,;.d.XiOO^IC
]6 R'-A T I O N A t .
tHE THERMOMETER. ■'
THE 6gure of this inftrument, as wcU
as that of the barometer, is too well"
known to need dcfcription. It will be
fufficient here to fhow their conftru(Sion»
and the principles on which they aft.
As the thermometer is deligned to Ihow
the degrees of heat and cold by the expan*
Eon of a fiuid, different fluids have been
ufed for thai purpofe. The firfttbat be-
came generally uied was fpirit of wine
tinged with cochineal. This thermo-
meter anfwcrs very well for. common pur-
pofes, bat in great degrees -of heat, as thaC
of boiling water or oil, or melting metals,
the fpirit will burft the tube; and in a
great degree of cold it will freeze. This,
therefore, was foon rejeded by philoib-
phers, and was fucceeded by thofe made
with linfeed oil i which requires fonf
times the heat to make it boil, that water
does.
i=,GoogIe
_,Coogk
D,„i,zMbvGoo^Ic
RECREATIONS. 17
does. , This fort of thermometer was con*
ftantly ufcd by Sir Ifaac Newton, and with
this he mcafured the comparative heat
of boiling wa:tcr and fpirit of wine, and
of melting wax, tin and lead ; beyond
which it does not appear to have bcea
tried
There was ftill wanting a thermometei'
that would meafure any degree of heat*
and this was invented by Fafenheit of
Amfterdami whofe name it flill bears*
It Is made with mercury, which ex-
pands itfelf uniformly from the hardeft
froft to the greateft heatt The common
fort of thefe thermometers have a fcale that
begins with o, the freezing point is 32,
and is extended to the heat of boiling wa-
ter, which is 212 degrees. It was this
thermometer the great Boerhaavecooftant;
ly ufed, in his chemical and other experi-^
mentst We forbear any fbrther defcrip-*
tion of the manner of conArui^ng this
inArument, as it cannot be performed to a.
Vot.IV. C ^ du«
ii^dbyGoO^IC
i8 RATIONAL
degree of accuracy, but by an able ,
workman.
THE BAROMETER.
npHlS inllrument, when properly con-
ftruded, is the mod generally ufeful
of all the pneumatic apparatus. The baro-
meter is frequently called the Torricellian
tube, from Its inventor, an Italian, and dif-
cjple of the renowned Galileo, named Tor-
ricelli i who, confidering that a column of
■\&ater of about 33feet, was equal in weight
to a column of air of the fame bafe> con-
cluded, that a column of Mercury of about
29 inches and a half would llkewife be
equal pa column of air, for fuch a column
of mercury he knew to be equal to 33 feet
of water; he accordingly made ihc expe-
riment, and the apparatus he then uled is
now the common barometer.
The principal defe6: iii the common bar
rometcr is the fmallnefs of the bore of the
tube,'
:dbvGoogIe
tube, which occafioils the mercury to ad-
here to its iide, and not rife and fall with
the rieceflary freedom. Therefore, pro-
cure a glifs tube One-third, or at leaft one*
fourth of an inch diameter, hermetically
fealed at one end and open at the other,
and 34 irtches long ; its inner furface muft.
be peffetftly clean, and that it may be fo>
juft before you ufe it, rub the infide with
a piece of fine warm flannel pUt round
ft wire. Have ready a fmall quantity of
pure mercury, which you may fqueeza
through a thui leather. Then quite fill
the tube with mercury, and having ready
a glafs bafon* or drinking-glafs with a flat
bottom, about an iiich and a half oir two
inches high, in which Hkewiie fomeof the
fanie mercuty is plit, invert the tube, and
put it in thebafon, fttU holding yoUr^fingei"
under it, till it is in the mercury ofthebafon-
then place it in a frame. On takitig away
your finger, the mercury in the tube will
imrftediately fubfide to about 29 or 30
inches, according to the ftate of the air,
Ca it
ib,GoogIc
20 RATIONAL
being very rarely lower than 28» or higher
than 3 1 inches. Therefore if a fcale of
four inch«, divided into tenths, be placed
^inft the upper end of .a tube, the baro-
meter is c<Hnplete.
Though the fcale be only divided to
tenths of an inch> yet if there be an index
frdm the fcale to the tube, as is commonly
praaifed, the eye may diftinguiih to the
20th or 40th part of an inch, that .is, to
one-half or one quarter of a tcntl}. But
for greater precifion there is what they
calh from its inventor, a Nonius (Tiviiion^
which is a fmall plate fo contrived as to
Aide over the graduated plate or fcale, Jn
fuch manner that its index may always
be fet, in. one part to the furface of the
mercury, while another part correfpondgi
with one of the divifions of the fcale.
Now, this Nonius is divided -into ten
equal parts, which are together equal
to eleven, divifions of the fcale, that i$
^even-tentjbs of an inch, Confequentty,
every
ixibvGoogle
J
RECREATIONS. 21
every divifion of the Nonius is equal to -
one and one-tenth of the fcale; two of
them to twQand two-toitfas j throeof them
to three and three-tenths* 6sc. Whence
it is eafy to conceive, that if the Nonius
index points between any two diviAons (^
the fcale, you need only look back to fee
what divifton of the Nonius, coincides with
a divifion of the fcale, and that will Ihow
the number of tenths of a tenth j that is,
the hundred parts of an inch.
The bar'ometer m:^ be applied to va-
rious ufes, as meafunng the height of
towers' w mountains ; for 12040 inches of
tur being equal to cme inch of mercury,
near the furface of the earth, 1 204 inches*
or 100 feet, muft be equal to one-tenth of
an inch of mercuiy, Confequently if j
barometer be carried up any great emi-
nence, the mercury will defcend one.
tenth of an inch for every 100 feet the ba-
rometer afcends.
C 3 But
,i.:d=,GoosiK'
»2 RATIONAL
But the great ufe of the barometer,
yf'^cn well conftrufled, is that of prediAing
the future ilate of the weather, for fevcral
hours, and. fometimes days, preceding j
though nbt to a certainty, yet in many
jnftances to a graat degree of probability :
in order to obtain. this defireable end, ob-i
ferve the following rules,
Firft, The rifing of the mercury prefages
In general, fair weather; and its falling,
foul weather, z. In very hot weather, the
falling of the mercury foreHiows thunder.
3. In winter, the rifing portends froftj
and in a continued froft it foretells ibow,
4. When foul weather happens foon after
the falling of the mercury, expeift but
little of it; and fo, on the contrary, of fair
weather, 5. But when the mercury con-
tinues to rife for fome time before the foul
weather is over, expefl a continuance of
fair weather to follow, 6. In fair wea-
ther, when the mercury continues to fall
tcfore fain copies, {hep expe£t a great deal
of
i:,GoogIc
RECREATIONS. 2^.
cf it; and probably high winds. 7. The
unfettled motion of the mercury denotes
uncertain or changeable weather.
It appears from thefe obfervations, that
it is not fo much the height of the mer-
cury that indicates the weather, as its mo-
tion up or down.- Therefore to know
whether the mercury be aiSually rifing or
falling, obferve the following rules, i. If
thefurface of the mercury be convex, it is
then rifing. 2. If the furface be concave, it
is then finkirlg. 3. If the furface be plain*
ior rather a little convex, it may be confi-
dered as ftatibnary. If the tubs be fmall,
Ihake it, and if the air be growing heaviei
It will rife about half the tenth of an inch,
and if it be growing lighter it will fink the
fame fpace, '
The great utility of the common baro-
meter has induced many perfons to invent
otherp, in which the rife and fall of the
njercury, and confequently the alterations
C 4 of
L,:,.l,z_d.,C00gIC
JE4 RATIONAL
the atmofpherc, or the height of places;
may be more eafily pbferved ; fuch as the
diagonal, the reftangular, the wheel, and
pendant barometers, &c. which are in ge-
neral attended with fome peculiar advan-
tages and fome defers. But for general
ufe, the common barometer, efpecially with
9. Nonius divifion, is perhaps of all. others
the moft eligible.
In fuch of the following recreations as
arc performed by the air-pump, it will
he fudicient to have the receiver only ia
the room were the experhnents are madej
and to let the pipe, called the fwan's neck*
be carried through the frame of the table
on which the receiver itands, and commu-
nicate with the other parts of the air-,
pump in an adjoining room, after the fame
manner as in the articles of elet^ricity and
magnetifm. By this method the recrea-r
tions iVill be heightened by the pleafure of
furprize ; a pleafure that many people find
much greater than they are able to cxprefs,
R E C R E-
i:,GoogIe
RECREATIONS. *5
RECREATION I;
^he bottles broke by air.
TAKE a bottle that is fquare> not
round or cylindrical; and if it be
fmall, thcglafs muftbc thin . Put the mouth
of this bottle over the hole in the plate of
the air-pump, and exhauH the air. By
this mean the bottle will be made to fuf-
tiain the weight of die external air as
long as It is able, but at laft it will
be fuddenly burft into very fmall
parts. ■ '
The Jame edcA may be produced by
the ipring of the air, in the following
manner. Seal the mouth of a bottle fo
clofe that not the leaft air can come
out, . and place it in the receiver j then
as the air is drawn off from its furface,
. the fpring. of the included air will aft
againft the fides of the bottle> and will
,i,i=d=,GoogIe
36 RATIONAL
continually increafe as the air In the re--
ceiver becomes morerarified, till at laft it
turil the bottle in pieces.
A limilar efieift is produced by laying
a plate'of glafs on the top of ^n open re*
ceiver, and exKaufting the air j for then
the weight of the external air will prefs
upon the gtafs and break ic in pieces.
Ir^ Ul^e nianiKr )f a, per^n lay his hand
upon 4n open receiver, and the air be exr
bauflred, his h^nd vvill be fixed to the re-
ceiver : for if the aperture of the receiver
be four f(juare inches* the weight qd his
hand will be equal to 60 pound. This ex.-
periment will be attended with fome paiq
ji) the perfon's hand«
RECRE-
RECREATIONS. %f
RECREATION 11,
T'y^?, hrafi bemijphere^s,
TAKE t\vo hemifplieres of about four
inches diameter, and whofe circumfe-
rences exadlly $t each Qther, Now, when
they are placed together, and the air i*
cxhaufted frona thqr cavities, the internal
fpring being fallen away, they will be
preffed by a columtt of itir equal to theif
furface^, that is> twelve fquare Inches and
a half, which multiplied by ^teen poinds,
ihe weight of the air on eyery inch, th?
fypqi will Ve 1 87 pounds and a half*
Therefore, give thefe hemifphercs ta
any two perfons, after they have feen them
put together, and that they arp not iij any
manner joined to each other, and defirc
them to pull the hemifphercs afunderj to
cffe(fl which they muft, between them,
exert a fprce e(jqal to the above number of
pounds,
^RECRE-
D^i,z.:d.,.Coogk'
zS RATIONAL
RECREATION W.
Water hoUed by -air
I'T^AKE water that 18 made as warm
■■■ as you can well bear to put your
]»nd in it, but that has not boiled, and
putdng it nnder the receiver ezhauft the
air. Bubbles of air will foon be ieen to
rife, at firil very final!, but presently be-
come larger, and will be at lail fo great*
and rife with ilich rapidity, as to give
the water all the appearance of a violent
boiling. This agitation of the water will
continue till the air is again let into the re-
ceiver, when it will immediately ceafe^ and
the water become qiute motioole^*
RECRE-
:dbvGoogIe
RECREATJONS. 29
RECREATION IV.
■ ^be aerial bubbles^
TAKE a piece of iron> brafs, {lone» o^
any other heavy fubftance, and patting .
it in a large glaTs wit h water* place it in
*he receiver. The air being exhaufted,
the fpring of that which is in the pores of
the folid body, by expanding the participles,
win make them rife on its furfacein nutn-
berlefs globules, which, relembling the
pearly drops of dew on the tops of ihc
grafs, -afford a very plealing appearance.
On letting the air into the receiver all thefe ■
aerial forms immediately difappear.
RECREATION V.
'^be floating fime^
TO apieccofcarktieafmaUftone,that
will juft fink it, and putting it in a
veffel of water, place it under the receiver.
' Then «xhayfting the receiver, the^ bubbles
4
_,CoOglL'
3a Rational
of air which expands from its pores, Arid
adhering to its furface, will render it/ toge-
ther with the ftone, tighter, than water,and
confequentJy they will rife to the furfaea
and float.
RECREATiON VU
^be withered fruit refiored.
rTIAKE a fhriveled appk, and placing
•^ it under the receiver exhauft the air*
The apple will immediately be plumped-
up, and look asfair as when firft gathered^
For the preflure of the external air being
taken off, the expanfion of that contained
within the fkin of the apple will extend it
to the utmolt, fo as fometimes to make it
burft. Thisreftoratiop/however^ is mere-^
ly apparent, iot the air is no fooner let
into the receiver again, than the apple re-
turns to its former withered ilate.
RECRE-
_,CoogIe
RECREATIONS. 31
RECREATION VII.
I'be'uegetahk air bubbles.
PUT a finall branclv of a tree whb Us
leaves, or part of a. fmall plant, in -«
vcffel of water, and placing theveflelin
the receiver, exhauft the air. When the -
prelTure of the external air is taken oS^.
the fpring of chat cont»ned in the air v^ -
feU of the plant, by expanding the parti-
cles, will n>ake them- rife from the (iri-^
fices of all the veflels, for a long time to-
gether, and produce a beautiful appear-
ance. This experiment fiiows hpw great:
a quantity of air is contained in every ve-
getable fubftance.
RECRE-
Diqiiiz.d ..Google
3fe RATI ONAt
RECREATION VIIL
^he mercurial rod.
TAKE a jMece <Jf iBck, cut it evert
at each end with a penknife, and im-
merie it in a vefiel of mercury. When the
air is pumped <>Ut of the receiver, it will
at the fame time come out of the pores of
theWbod, through themercury, as will be
vifible at each end of the ftick. When the
Mr is again let into the receiver, it fells on
the furface of the mercury and forces it
into the pores of the wood, to poflefs the
place of the air.
When the rod is taken out and weighed
it is found to be levcral times heavier than
before, and has changed its colour, being
now all over ofa bluiQi hue. If this fticfc
be cut tranfvcrfly, the quickfilver will be
feen to glitter in every part of it.
RECRE-
i:,GoogIe
'{ kie CREATIONS. 33
Recreation ix.
l^lXa imall bell to the wire that gotS
"*■ through the top 'of the receiver, and
fliaking it by that wire it will be diftiinaiy
heard, while the air is in the -receiver
As the aii- is exhaufted, the ringing be-
comes gradually weaker, and at laft, how
much foever the bell be ihook, the leaft
found cannot be heard. But when the air
begins to enter again into the receiver, the
found becomes prefently audible. This
experiment proves that air is the medium
of found.
RECREATION X.
Feathers heavier than lead*
A T one end of a fine balance hang a
■^-*- piece of lead, and at the other as many
f?athsrsas willkeepitincquilibrio. Thetx
Vol IV. D ^ phce
i:,Goo^lc
34 RATIONAL
place the balance under the receiver. A»
foon as the air begins to be cx^iaufted,
the equilibrium will begin to be deftroy-
ed, and when all thi air is exhaufted,
the feathers will defccnd and the lead
mount up.
The caufe of this phenomenon is plain-
ly deducible from the laws of dydroftatics ;
for when both bodies are weighed in air,
each lofes the weight of an equal bulk
of air ; confequently the feathers will
lofe a greater weight than the lead; but
when the air is taken away, the weight
that is reftored to the feathers being greater
than that reftored to the lead, the forme*
will neceflarily preponderate.
tlYDRd-
_,CoogIc
RECREATIONS. 35
RECREATION XT.
*Tbe Jelf-moviag nvbeeL
TAKE a- circle of tin abont tcti JncheB
diameter, or of any other dimenfion
that will go into the receiver, and to its
circumference fix a number of tin vanes,
each about an inch fquare. Let this
wheel. be placed, between two upright
pieces, on an axis whofe extremities are
quite fmall, fo that the wheel may turn*
in a vertical pofition, with the- leaft force
poflible. Place the wheel and axis in the
receiver, and e^auft the air. Let there
be a finall pipe, witha cock; one end of
this pipe is to be on the outfideof the top
of the receiver, and the other end to cOmo
dire£tly over the vanes of the wheel.
' When the aTr is exhaufled from the re-
ceiver, open the cock juft mentioned. A
current of air will ruHi againft the vanes
Da of
i:,GoogIe
3* RATIONAL
of the wheel, and put it in motion j anct
the velofity of its motion will incrcafe
till the receiver is again replete with air.
If the pump be kept continually work-
ing, after the air is exhaufted, the motion
of this wheel may be regarded sot only zs
Ipontaneous, but perpetual.
RECREATION XIL
T'be animated Jigures.
PROVIDE nine, twelve, or any numbef
. you pleafe, of hollow cylinders^ about
nine inches long, and one and a half or two
inches diameter. X^t the bottom of each
of thele cylinders be clofed, except a fmall
hole ; and in each of them place a piAon,
like that In a Jyringe. At the bottom of,
each pifton let there be a Vorm fpring^
and over it the figure of a man, woman,
or what elfe you pleafe. Thcfe figures
ihould be all diiferent, andin different at-
■' * titudeft
ib,Googlc
RECREATIONS. 37
titudes, and of fuch a iize that they may
pompletely enter the cylinders.
Place all jthp cylinders in a circular frame
pf wood, and having pufhed each pifton
down to the bottom of the cylinder, and
Aopped the holes at . bottom, draw it up
-again to what height you think proper, and
there will then be a vacuum under each
pifton. Then place the frame in .the re-
aver, and exhauft the air^ ■
When the weight of the external air bi:-
gins to be taken oiF, the force of the fpring '
that is at the bottom of each pifton being
greater than its friftion, and the weight
of the figure placed over it, they will all
gradually rife up, and prefent themfelves
in their proper attitudes,' When the air
Is again let into the receiver, they will, in
like manner, retire to their fcpara^e
;$ipaftmehts.
Da If
g,l,;.d.,C00gIC
38 RAT I O NAL
If die arms and Ugs of the figures be
inflated with a due quantity of air, wheri
the prefTure of that in the receiver is taken
Qff» they vf'iW' be extended, and may be
made to aflume any attitude required ^
^d when the air is again let into the re-
ceiver, they will refume their former
poHtions.
RECREATION XIII,
^&e artificial b^Io.
I^LACB a candle on one fide of a re-
-*■ ceiver, and let the fpedator place him-
felf at fome diflance froni the other fidei
As fooQ as the air begins to be exhaufted,
and becomes attenuated and charged with
vapours to a proper degree, the light of
the candle will be refracted through that
medium jn circles of various ^olourSi that
lively refemble thofe feen about ^^ Qi^oA
in a tiazy night,
RECRE.
_,CoogIe
RECREATIONS. 39
RECREATION XIV.
1'he mercurial JhoiDer.
/^EMENT a piece of wood into the
^-^ lower part of the neck of an open re-
ceiver, and pour mercury over it. After
a few ftrokcs of the pump, the preflbre
6£ the air on the mercury will force it
through the pores of the wood in form of
a beautiful fhower ; which, if the receiver
be clear and the weather be dry, wiU ap-
pear luminous in 9. dark chamber.
RECREATION XV.
^hefiunSmn is mcuo^
TAKE a tall glafs tube, hermetically
fcaled at the top and at bottom, by
pieans of a brafs cap, fcrewed on to a flop
*ock, and that to the plate of the pump.
When all the air is exhaufted the cock 13
fumed, the tube is taken off the plate
D 4 and
q,i,z.:d.,GoOg.Ie
40 RATIONAL
and immerfed in a baibn of jqcFcury or
water: then, the cock being again torn-t
ed, the fluid, by the prelTure of the air
will play up in the tube, in form of a
fountain, and afford a very pleaGng ap*
pearancf.
There are a great number of other,
experiments performed by the air-pnmp ;
but thcfe are quite fufficient to explain the
nature of the air's prefliire and ezpanfion,
Virhich is their general intefition,
RECREATIOIJ XVI,
7>6f air-gun,
/TpHERE are two fort's of air-guns, thfl
■*■ common, and vfhat is called the ma^.
^azine ait-rgup.
The common air-gun is made of brafs,
and has two barrels. (Plate III. Fig. i,
Tb= innjr barrel KA, has a fcallcr bor?
Aw
,i:d=,Goo^lc
RECREATIONS. ^x
ihan the other E C D R. In the ftocl^
of the gun there is a iyringe SMNP, by
which the air is injefted into the cavity, bcn
twecn thft two barrels, through the valve
N P. The ball K is put down the fmaller
barrel with a rammer* as in other guns.
At T L is another valve, which being
drawn open by the trigger O, makes way
for the air to get behind the ball, and drive
2t out with great violence. By fuddenly
opening and {hunting the yalve, one charge
of condenfed air will ferve for feveral di£>
charges, which are efFefted by means of
the lock reprefented in Fig. ?.
In the magazine air-gun there is an ad-
ditional barrel of a ferpentie form, which
j^olds ten or twelve balls, that are brought
into the Jhootnig barrel fucceHively, by
peans of a lever> which is called a hammer.
flECRE^
_,CoogIc
43. RATIONAL
RECREATION XVU.
■ Artificial rain and bail.
MAKE a hollow cylinder of wood
(PI. III. Fig. 3.) let it be wry
(bin at the (ides, about eight 6r ten
inches wide, and two or three feet in dia-
meter*. Divide its infide into five equal
parts, by the boards A. of five or fix inches
wide; and let there be between them and
the wooden circle 9 fpace B, of about one-
fixth of an iach. You are to obferve
.that thefe boards arcjo be placed oblique-
ly, as in die figure,
Jn this cylinder put four or five pounds
of ^aden fhot, of a fize that will eafily
pafs through the opening you have left.
Let it turn on the axis D, and be fupport™
cd by the foot C,
* Wlien tbis machine is intended for % theatrj
jt tnuft be coni^£tcd much larger.
Thfi
D,„l,;.d.XiOOgIC
RECREATIONS. 43
' The found of this' machine when in
motion, will ftrongty reprefcnt that of
|:i«n, and will increafe with the vct
locity of the motion. To produce the
found bf hail, a larger foft of ^ot inuij:
1^ ufed.
RECREATION XVIU,
7%e magical ^wers andfrutf.
■jlyT A K E a box A B C D, (Plate III,
■'■■*■ fig. 4.) of about fix inches every
way. In the middle of the top A B, let
^ere be a hole, through which is to pa6 .
the neck of rfie veijcl E, that is a kintj
pf hollow copper fphere, of three or four
inches diameter, and covered at its top and
bottom F and G, with two pieces of the
fame metal, that are to be well foldered
to it, To the part next F there is to be ,
foldered the tube H, about half an inch
jn diameter, through which is an aperture
of a quarter of an inch : this tube muft alfb
be pierced horizontally, by an opening of
oi>tt-
U,g,l,;.d.,C00^lc
^4 RATIONAL
ooe-third of an inch « I, to admit a cock,
they key of which muft extend to the out-
fide of the cafe i it fliould alfo have a finall
~etture of about one-tenth of an inch, to
let out the air that is to be comprWcd in
ihe veffel E, as we fliall now explain.
To force the air into the hollow veffel
there moft be adjufted to one of its fides
the copper fyringe N M, Fig. 5, which has
« leather valve at M, and another at its
extremity N : fo thai by the alternately
.thrafting in and drawing out of the pifton,
the air may be ftrongly condenfed in the
yeffelE.
To the extremity of the tube H there
is to be fixed the little tree O, which is
toropoied of four or five fine branches of
the trunk O. Thefe branches are to he
hollow from one end to the other, that the
sir which enters at the bottom may extend
itfcjf to the top. To thefe branches are
:dbvGoogIe
RECREATIONS. 4^
Id fee adjufted twigs, made of brafs wire,
and the whole is to be decorated with
orange leaves* that are made of parchment,
^d ftrongly imitate thofe of nature.
The end of each of the branches is to
dilate,fo that they may contain fmall pieces
of very fine leather, which are to take the
figure of an orange, when they arc ex-
tended by the air drove thro' the branches.
Thefe leathers muft be contained within
the extremities of the branches, to which
they are to be faftened by a filk thread :
and there muft be a fpacc left at the end
of the branch, to which is to be fixed the
bud or flower of a blowing orange.
The trunk of the Qrange-trce muft ex-
aftly fit the tube H, that none of the air
may efcape ; and it is to be made to take
out. The branches and the leathers that
are to form the oranges, muft be accurate-
ly painted, to favour the illufion. There
fliould be a glals cover to the whole, which
wiU
g,l,;.d.,C00^lc
46 RATIONAL
will prevent ^ny one from toocbing jt>
and the top of the box may be covered
with earth.
Previous to the performing this Recre-
ation you take the orange tree out of the
ca(e, and wttb a little Aick made for that
purpofc, you put each c^ the- oraages with-
in the end of the branch* together with
tl^e flowers of the blowingoranges j (6 that
no part of them may appear t and the bet-
ter to conceal them, the greateft number of
leaves may be at the ends of the branches.
The tree is then to be replaced in the
tube H. Yott are next to turn the cock
at I, and with tbe fyringe tfirow a fuffi-
cient quantity of air into the veflel E.
Matters being thus prepared, you intro*
duce the box and tree, covered wi A the glafs )■
and make the company obferve, that in rt&
prefentftateit bears neitherflowcFS nor fruit,
and tell tbem if it be their pleaftireit fhall in-
uigiiiz.d ..Google
F/^. 2 ^^.
^. 4^.43-
bvGoogfc
RECREATIONS- 47
ftantly produce both. You then turn the
cock*, when the flowers or buds will
immediately appear, and will be fuccecd-
cd by the fruit.
This Recreation may be performed by
putting an colipilc in the box inftead of
the copper veffel j under which you place
a chafing-difli with hot coals, that is to
be fiippofed to produce the fudden vege-
tation in the tree. The air in the eolipile
being rarified by the heat will produce the
fame efieift as the condenfcd air in the
other veflel.
• This cock fliould be fo concealed that yoa
may turn it without being obfervcd by the company.
RECRE-i
ib,GoogIe
g,l,;.d.,C00gIC
1 XXXXXXXXXKKXXXXXXXXXXXX
HYDROLOGY,
>OOOOOOOO<XXXX>OO0<X>OOO0<
Vol. IV. E HYDRO-
D,q,i,z.:d.,CoogIc
g,i,;.d.,CoogIe
[ 5t ]
HYDROLOGY.
DEFINITIONS.
I.TTYPROLQGY is that part of
■^^ phifiology which explains the
properties of water. It is ufually divided
into hydroftatics and hydraulics j the for-
mer of which treats of the manner of
weighing water* and fluids in general, and
of afcertaining their fpecific gravities, that
is, their particular weights ; and the other
fhows the manner of conveying water from,
one place to another*.'
z. A fiphon is a bended tube, commonly
of a form nearly reiembling half an ellipfis.
3- A valve is a fort of flap or cover,
fixed to a pipe or other body, which by
* The term hydroftatics is frequently ufed for
2. gtncral trcatife on water, but certainly with im-
propriety.
E 2 opening ■
ib,GoogIc
52 RATIONAL
opening one way only, fuffers the water
to pafs, but not to return.
4. A piftop is a ftnall cylinder fafiened
to the end of a rod, and fitted to the bore
of a pipe or hollow cylinder, and frequent-
ly contains a valve.
5. The hydrometer is an inftrumei^t
conftrufted to find the fpecific gra?itie« of
fluids.
6. The hydroftatic balance is contrived,
to ftiow the fpecific gravities of fluids, anct
«f folids, by weighing them in fluids.
. APHORISMS.
1 . Water Is a fi;cntlefs, tranfparcnt, co-
iourkfs fluid*, which, with a certain
degree of cold, turns to ice.
• Though ftoidlty be commonly regarded as an^
cflcntial property of water, yet many philofophcrs,
particularly Boyle and Bocrhaavc, confidcr it as an.
' 'ous circumftancc, produced by a certun
fhcat, and aflert its natural fiate to be thai;
itallinc^ as when in ice.
2. Water
g,l,;..d.,C00^IC
RECRfeATlOKS. 53
' 24 Water n one of the conAituent
^arts of all bodies *.
■ 3. All fluids, excqjt air, are incom-
preffible-f*.
4. Though water is left diaphanous
than AiT, it ia more penetrative, as it will
pervade bodies that air will not J.
^. Water diflblvesfomc bodies, as falts,
and cooglutindtes others* as bricks, ftones»
bones, See.
6. Water, in Its natural ftate, contains
• Thi* is ptovcd by dHKllattoO, for the iryeft ,
«otKb, earth), hun&i and ftonos pnlreriKt), con-
JUntly yield a certain quantity of wner. It has
been found by experiment, that the water contain-
ed in a certain quantity, of air was nearly equal to
the air itfclf. .
t If a globe of gQld be filled with water, and
prcfled with a very great weight, the water will
tranfude the pores of the gold, and cover the fur-
fecc of the globe, in the form of a fine dew. This
is called the Florentine experiment.
. t This is evident from its paffiog tfirough the
{>bires of a bladder.
E 7 the
ib,GoogIc
5+. RATIONAL
the three other elements* fire, earth> and
air*.
- 7. The water, infevcral tubes that com-
municate with each other, will fUnd at the
lame height in all of them* whether they
be fmall or great, perpendicular or ob-
lique.
8. The furface of water contained in a
velTel will always be eren* and parallel to
the horizon -f-.
9. In a veffcl of water the preflurc of
the upper parts on the lower, is in pro-
portion to the depth i and is the fame at
the fame depth whatever be the diameter
of the veffeL
* We have xlready fiud that water owes it»
^uid^ to heat, and it is evident from many cxpe-
liments with the air-pump, that it contains no
finail quantity of air : and the fcdiment that ii
found in all water, except that which is diftiltedt
always contains a quantity of earth.
t In large bodies of water, as the iea, or gi%at
lakes, the furftcc will not be plain, but fpherical, at
(Baking a partof tlie furface of the terrojueoas globed
JO, ThQ
ib,GoogIc
RECREATIONS. SS
.. 10. The pr^ure of. a fluid upward ia
equal to its prelTure downward, at any
given depth*.
J I . The bottom and fides of a velTel are
prefled by the fluid it cont^ns in propor-
^on to its height, without any regard to
the quantity.
1 2, If fluids pf dififsrent gravities be con-
tained in fhe fame vtsfleU die heavieft will
)» at bpthHXf, the lighteft at top* and th?
* It follows from this zai the preceding apbO"
rifm, that the Hghteft Iblid may be funk in the h<^-
vieft fluid, as cork in quickfilver, and will remain
at the bottom, if it be fo contrived that none of the
flnid cui get under it. On the contrary, the hca-
yjeft Iblid may be fnipcnded in the lighteft fluid ;
jf the fljiid )x of a fuficient d^pth, afu) be preyenC'
ed irpm prcffing od the top of the folid. jpiis
is commonly proved by puttisg a guinea in a
' tabe, exaSdy of xhe fame diameter, and holding it
to the bottom by meant of a ftring. Then, as
gold is about nineteen times heavier than water, jf
you put the tube down in the water to ^ho^t nine'
teen times the thickneJs of the guinea, and let the
' ftring go, the guinea will not fink, but be fuiUincd
by tiie preflnrc of the Water under it, which is' there
greater th*n the gravity of the guinea.
^ 4 reft
i:,GoogIe
S6 RATIONAL
left in proportion to their fpecific gra«
vities.
13. A body that is heavier than an eqaol
quantity of any fluid will link in that
fluid ; if it be lighter, it will fwim at die
top; but ifit be ofthe fame gravity, it mil
neither finknor fwim, but remain fufpend^
ed in any part of that fluid.
14. A folid immerfed in a fluid ii
prefled by that fluid on all fidesj in pn>>
portion to the height of the fluid above
the folid. Bodies very deeply immerged
may be confldered as equally prefled oii
9U lides,
15. Every folid ivuner&d in a fluid,
lofes fo much of its weight, as is equal
to a weight (rf a quantity of that fluid
of ^e lame dimenflon with the folid *.
* It is on thta aphorilin tlvt tbc hyJrofiatic hir
lance is founded j for if cveiy folidi on being im«
|nciij;d in a fluid, lofes fo much of its wcigtit at ig
equal to the weight of an ^iial bulk of th^rt flfiid,
it follows, that the lighter tfae body is, the greater
f foppitipn of it^ ^ci^ht it will lofs ; therefore, if
W9
:dbvGoogIe
RECREATIONS. 57
16. The fluid acquires the weight the
folid lofos.
two bodies of equal bulk be firJl weighed in air,
md than in water,' and it be found that one has
loft half of its weight, and the other one-fourth*
it follows that the fpecific gravity of the latter it
to that of tiie former as z to i. From hence alfo
is derived the method of finding the fpccific gra-
vity of fluidS) for if the fame folid when weighed in
two difibrent fiuids, lofes twice as mudi in one as
in the other, it follows that tbc fpccifio gravity of
the former muft be twice as grut a* that of th«
Jatter.
THE
,i.:db,Goo^lc
jS RATIONAL
THE HYDROLOGIC APPARATUS.
AMONG the hydrologic apparatus the
fyphon claims the firft regard, and
that as wdl from its fimplicity, as its uti-
. lit/ in explaining the more complex ma-
chines.
If the fyphon EFG (Plate IV. Fig. i.)
be immerfed in the veflel df water ABCD*
and the air fucked out at E *, thepreiTure of
^e air upon the furface of die water in
the veflel will force it up the vacuity in the
pipe from G, and pailing through the top in
atFjit will defcend in the other leg, and run
out at £, as long asthe furface of the wa-
ter is above the bottom of the leg C G.
You muft obferve, however, that to make
the water run out, the end E of the fy-
* If the fyphon or crane be filled with water
then inverted, and one end placed in a vcfleJ of ws.
tcr, it will have the fame dlk&: as drawing oat th«
air, and when the fyphon is Urge, will be moip
*afily cffcftcd.
phon
i:,GoogIc ,
RECREATIONS. 59
phon muft be below G: for if both ends
be parallel, the preflbre of the air on each
end will be equal, and the water will re-
main in the iyphon.
It is to be remembered, that the top of.
the fyphon muft not exceed 32 feet per-
pendicular altitude above the furface of
the water in the velTel : for a column
of air of the height of the atmofpherc
is but juft equal to a column of water
of 32 feet. Mercury may be drawn
through a fyphon in the fame manner as
water } but then the utmoft height of the
fyphon muft always be leis than 30 inches,
36 mercury is near 1 4 times heavier than
water. That fluids are forced through the
fyphon by the pccflbre of the atmofpherc
is proved experimentally by the air-pump ;
for if a fyphon immerfed in a velfel of wa-
ter be placed, when running, in the receiv*-
er, and the air cxtraded, the running will
irnmediately ceafe.
There
:dbvGoogIe
6o RATIO NAL
There is a fort of fy^diofl that will draw
oif water without having the air previoufly
extra^ed from it : this coa&ds of a ca-
pillary tube, about one-tenth of an inch
bore, and adts by the attradtion crf'cohefion :
for the water being attraifted by the leg
immerled, is ilowly drawn up to the top
of the fyphon, and from thence gradually
defcends by its own gravity. From the
fame caufe it is, that if one end of apiece
of the liH of cloth be put into the water of
a vefiel, and the other end hang over its
iide^ the water will be fucked up by
the end of the liH: in, the veflel, which
in this cafe zAs as a bundle of very fine ca-
pillary tubes, and drop from the other end*
This experiment with a capillary tube
will fiicceed in vacuo.
THE
:dbvGoogIe
RECREATIONS. 6t
T H E P U M p.
TpHE pump is at once the moft com-
mon and moft ufeful of all hydraulic
tnftruments. Qf pumps there are three
(brts, the fucking, forcing, and liftii^
pump.
A B {PI. IV. Fig. 2.) is the pipe or
barrel of a common fucking pump, C D
the pifton or bucket, E F two valves that
c^en upward. When the handle of the
pump is put down it rsufes the bucket, and
the valve F ihuts. The water above the
bucket being raifed, a vacuum a left under
it, and the external air prefling on the wa*
ter in the well M N, raifes it up, through
the hole B, and lifting up the valve £,
enters the barrel of the pump. The han-
dle of the pump being then raifed, the
bucket defcends, the valve F opens, and
lets the water afcend above die bucket.
The prelTute of thewat^r at the fame time
Ihuxs
,i.:db,Goo^Ic'
6t RATIONAL
fhuts the valve E, fo that it cannot retufrt
gh B. The handle being again preff-
)wn the bucket is again raifed, and
water afcends through B. So that
:ry ftroke of the handle, the water in
>arrel is Increaied, till at laft it runs
t the pipe H.
:he bucket be more than 30 or 32 feet
the furfacc of the water in the well, it
lot afcend to the bucket, for the pref-
jf the atmofphere, as we have before
ved, is but equal to 32 feet of water,
weight the bucket lifts at each ftroke,
lal to a column of water whofe diame-
that of the bore of the pump and its
itM H. It is therefore of no coflfc-
;e where the bucket is placed, with
d to the weight of water. To balance
weight the handle (hould be made'
'. Thepifton or bucket muft be fur-
led with leather, that it may exaftly
e bore of the pump, at the fame time
ves freely up and down. The valves
alfo
ib,GoogIe
RECHfiAflONS. 63
«lfo fhould move free, and fliut quite
clofe. The Smaller the bore of the pump,
the eafier it will work ; but the wider it is,
aod the longer the ilroke of the handle^
the more water it will raife.
The forcing pump is conflrufted as fol-
lows : A B (PI. IV. Fig. 3.) is the bar-
rel Handing in the water of the well at B.
C 18 the pifton, and G the handle: C
isa folidpiece, without any valve, as no
water is to pafs thro' it : this piece ihould
be carefully leathered, and made to fit the
barrel fo exaiAly, that in its motion nei-
ther water nor air may pafs between them.
At a diftance below, as at D, a valve is fix-
ed. Between this and the lowed iituation
of the pifton C, there goes ofFa pipe H, ia
which is fixed a valve at E.
Now the. pifton being drawn up from
C toward A, exhaufts or rarities the air
above D, which caufes the water to rufh
iato the fpace CD; and when the pifton
:dbvGoogIe
d4 RATIO NAL
is forced down, as the water cannot repaft
at D, it is forced to afoend into the pips
H, and through its valve £ into the ciitem
F (which may be placed at any diAaoce
from the pump) and from thence it runs
off by the fpout.
Of lifting pumps there are.fevcril forts j
the moft common is thus confimded.
AB (PI. IV. Fig. 4-) is the barrel, fixed
in the frameK I L M ; which is ^fo fixed
immoveable^ with the lower part in the
water that is to be pumped up. GEQHO
is a frame with two ftrbng iron rods> move-
able- through holes in the upper and lower
parts of the pump> 1 K and L M. In the
bottom of this frame is fixed an inverted
pifton B D, with its bucket and valve up-
permoftatD. From the top (^ the barrel
there goes off a part K H, either fixed to I
die barrel, or moveable by a ball and fock* 1
et (as here reprcfented at F), but ineldier I
cafe fo very exacl and tight, that no water
9r air can poffibly get into die \>9mU ** |
that ' i
U.,g,l,;.d.,C00gIC
ft-ATt: IV
/«-
bvGoogle
RECREATIONS. ,65
that would pMvent the efFeft of the pump.
In this part, at C, is fixed a valve opening
upward.
When the'pifton frame is thruft down,
into the water, the pifton D will defcend,
and the water beneath it ruih up through
the valve at D, and get above the pifton;
where, upon the frames being lifted up,
the pifton will force the water through
the valve C, into the cifterh P, there to run
off" by the fpout. It is to be remembered,
that this fort of pump muft be fet fo far in
the water, that the pifton may play-below
its fufface. It appears by the above de-
fcription, that this is only a diiferent man-
oerof con^rufting a forcing pump.
VouIV. F tHt
D,q,i,i.db,.Goog[c
66 RATIONAL
THE H-VDRO^fETER..
*^^HIS is the moft- eligible of all inftrir-
ments for finding the^ fpeciiic gravity
of Buid^ only^ as- w^' iop safe as expe-
dition.-
TbjC globe of the fiydrometcr flionld be
made of copper, for ivory imbibes fpiritous
liquors, and thereby alters their gravity^
and glais requires an attention that is in-
compatible ^yith expedition. The moft
fimplc hydrometer confifts of a copper
ball, B b, (Plate 5.- Fig.^ i.) to which i»
foldered a brafs wire AB, one quarter of
an inch thick. The upper part of thi»
wire being filed flat is marked proi^, at m.
Fig. 2. becaufe it finks txi&Xy to that mark
in proof fpirits^ There are two other
marks at A and B, Fig. i . to fliew whe-
ther the liquor be one-tenth above or be-
low proof, according as the hydrometer
finks to A,, or emerges to B, when a brafs
weight
q,i,z.:di,Coo<ilc
RECREATIONS. 67
weiight, as C or K, is fcrewed to its bot-
tom, r. There are other weights to fcrew
on, which ihew the Ipecific gravity of dif-
ferent fluids, quite down to common
water.
The round part of the wire above the
ball, may be marked fo as to reprefent ri-
ver water when it finks to R W, Fig. 2.
the weight which anfwers to that water
being then fcrewed on j and when put into
fpring water, mineral water, fca water, and
water of fait fprlngs, it will gradually rife
to the mark SP, MI, SE, SA. On the
contrary, when it is put into Briftol water,
rain water, port wine, and mountain wine,
it will fuccefUvely fink to the marks i r«
ra, po, ma. Inftruments of this kind
arc fom<;times called areometers.
Tliere is another fort of hydrometer
that is, calculated to afcertain the ipecific
gravity of fluids to the greatefl: precifioa
poflible, and which confiib of a large h(^-
F 2 few
i:,Goog|c
68 RATIONAL
low ball B(PlateV.Fig. 3.) withafmaller
ball b fcr^wed on to its bottom, partly
filled with mercury or fmall rtiot, in order
to render it but little fpecifically lighter
than water. The larger ball has alfo a
fliort neck at Cj into which is fcrewedthe
graduated brafs wire AC, which by a finall
Weight at A, caufes the body of the in-
ftrument to defcend into the fluid, with
part of the ftem.
When this inftrument is fwiming irvthc
liquor contained in the jar ILMK, the
part of the fluid difplaced by it, will be
equal in bulk to the part of the inftrument
under water, and equal in weight to the
, whole inflruracnt. Now, fuppofe the
weigh't of the whole to be four thoufand
g;rains, it js. then evident we can by this
mean compare the different dimenfions
of four thoufand grains of feveral forts of
fluids. For if , the weight at A, be fuch as
will caufe the ball to fink in rain water,
till its furface comes to the middle point
ef
g,l,;.d.,C00gIC
RECREATIONS. 09
of thfe ftem. 20, and after that if it be im-
merfed in common fpring water, and the
furface be obferved to ftand at one-tenth
of an inch below the middle point 20, it
is apparent that the fame weight of each
water, differs only in bulk by the magni-
tude of onc-tcnthof aninch in the ftem.
Now fuppofe the ftem tol)e ten inches
long, and weight a hundred grains, then
every tenth of an inch will weigh one
grainj and as the ftem is of brafs, which
is about eight times heavier than wa-
ter, the fame bulk of water will be equal
to one-eighth of a grain, and confequently
to the one-eighth of one-four thoufandth
part, that is, one thirty-two thoufandth
part of the whole bulk. This inftriinient
is capable of ftill greater precifion, by mak-
ing the ftem or neck confift of a flat thin
flip of brafs, inftead of one that is cyHn-
drical : for by this mean we increafe the
furface, which is the mcft requifite cir-
cumftance, and ditninifli the folidity,
F 3 , which
ib,GoogIe
70 RATI O NAX
which ncceffarily renders the inftrument
ftill more accurate.
To adapt this inftramcnt to all purpo-
fes, there fliould be two ftenis, to fcrcw
on and off, in a fmall hole at a. One
ftem fhould be a fmooth thin flip of brafs,
or rather fteel, like a watch-fpring let
ftcaight, fitnilar to that we have juft men-
tioned, on one fide of which is to be the
feveral marks or divifions to which it will
fink in different forts of water; as rain,
river, fpring, fea, and fait fpring waters,
&c. and on the other fide you may mark
the divifions to which it fioks in various
lighter fluids, as hot Bath water, Bciftel
water, Lincomb water, Cheltenham water,
port wine, mountain, madeira, and other
forts of wines. But here the weight at A
on the top mufl be a little lefs than be-
fore, when it was ufed for heaviers waters.
But in trying the ftrength of the Ipi-
ritous liquors a common cylindric ftem
wiU
z.Google
REc'kfeATibi^s. 71
npill do beft, b'ecanfc of its ftrength and
fteadinefs : aaS this ought to be fo con-
trived, that when immerfed in what is
.citllcd jiroof ipirit, the fLirface of die ipirit
jnay be upon the middle point 20 : which
■is eafily done by duly adjufting the fmall
Weight A, on the top, and making the
ftetti of fuch a length, that when immerf-
£d in ^ater, it may jaft cover the bdl and
.nfe to 42 J but when immerfed in pure
fyirit, it may riCt to the top A. Then
■by dividing the upper and lower parts a
^6 and A 20, into ten equal parts each,
when khe inilni'mient is immerfed in ar^
;ibrt of l^jiritons li(^uor it will iinmedi-
^tely ihow how inuch it is above or bc-
Jow proof.
Proof Ipii*H -coiififts of half water,
;and half pure fpirit, that is, fuch. as
when poured on gunpowder, and Cet
on fire, will burn all away; - and
j)ermits the powder to take fire and
:£dhi as in open air. But if the fpirit be
F,4 - Bot "
g,l,;.d.,C00^lc
72 RATIONAL
not fo highly rectified, there will remain
fome water, which will make the pow-
der wet, and unfit to take fire. Proof
fpirit, of any kind, weighs feven pounds
twelve ounces per gallon.
The common method of fhaking the
ipirits in a phial, and railing a head of
bubbles, to judge by their manner of rif-
ing or breaking whither the Ipirit be
proof, or neaf it, is very fallacious. There
is no way fo certain, and at the fame time
fo eafy and expeditious, as this by the hy-
drometer : which will infallibly demon-
ilrale the difference ©f bulks, and confe-
quently the fpecific gravities in equal
weights of fpirits, to the thirty, forty, or
fifty thoufandth part of the whole, which
is a degree of accuracy no one can wiih to
exceed. ,
THE
.,CbogIc
RECREATIONS. 73
THE HYDROSTATIC BALLAKCE.
THOUGH the hydrometer is the moft
convenient inftument for meafuring
. the fpeclfic weights of fluids, yet for
a meafure of the ipecific gravity, of
a:U fubftances, we muft have recourfe
to the hydroftatic balance : which is
conflruaed in various forms, but we
ihall content ourfelves here with defcrib-
ing that which appears of all others the
moft accurate.
VCG, (PI. V. Fig. 4.) istheftandor
pillar of this hydroftatic balance, which is
to be fixed in a table. From the top A,
hangs, by two filk ftrxngs, the horizon-
tal bar BB, from which is fufpended by
a ring /, the fine beam of a balance 6;
which is pievented from defcending too
low on either fide by* the gentle fpringing
piece / xy z, fixed on the fupport M. The
haxn^fs isanuiated at 0, to ihew diftiniflly
the
i:,GoogIe
74 RATIONAL
the perpendicular polidon of the examen,
by the iinall pointed iftdex fixed above
The firings by which the ballance is
fuipended, pafiing oVer two pullies, one
on each fide the piece at A, go down
to the bottom on the other fide, and are
hung over the hook at v ; which hook,
by meians of a fcfew F, is tnoveablci about
<>hc inch and a guartcrv-backwaT'd and for-
•frard, and therefore the b^ancc may be
raifed or deprefied £}*much. Hut if a
greater elevation or deprdEon be requir-
ed, the Hiding |Mecic S, which carries the
fcrcw P, is reaHily moved to any part cf
the fqudre brafs rod VK» arid fixtd by
means of a fcrcw.
The motion of the ballartce being thtts
adjuilcd, the reft of the 'Apparatus is
«s follows. HH is a fmall board, fixed
upon the piece D, under the fc^les d and
<«, and is moveable up and down in a long
Xit
_,GoogIe
RECR'EATIONS. 75
flit in the pillar, above C, and faftencd at
any part by a fcrew behind. From the
.point in the middle of the bottom of each
fcale hangs,' by a fine hook, a brafs
wire a d, and a c. Thcfe pafs through
two holes m m^ in the table. To the wire
^■d is iufpendcd a curious cylindric wire
r /, perforated at each end for that pur-
pcrfe : this wire r s is covered with paper,
graduated by equal divifions, and is about
five inches -long.
In the corner of the board at E, is fixed
a brafs tube, on which -a round wire b I is
fo adapted as to move neither too tight
nor too free, by its flat head I, Upon
the lower part of this moves another tube
(^ which has fufiicient friflion to make
it remain in any pofition required : to this
is fixed an index T, moving horizontally
when the wire hi \% turned about, and
therefore may be cafily fet to the gradu-
ated wire r /. To the lower end of the
wire r J hangs a weight L, and to that a
wire
_,CoogIc
76 RATIONAL.
wire^Tt, with a fmall brafs ball^, about
one-fourth of an inch diameter. On the
■"other fide, to the wire a c, hangs a large
glafs bubble R, by a horfe hair..
Let us firft fuppofe the weight L taken
■ away, and the wire pn fufpended f.om S;
and on the other fide, let the bubble
R be taken away, and the weight F fuf-
pended at c, in its room. This weight F
we fuppofe to be fufiicient to keep the fc-
veral parts hanging to the other fcale in
cquilibrio ; at the fame time that the
middle point of the wire pn is at the fur-
face of the water in the veflel N. The
wire^n is to be of fuch n fize that the
length of one inch fliall weigh four
grains.
Now it is evident, fince brafs is eight
times heavier than water, that for every
inch the wire finks in the water it
Ibccome half a grain lighter, and half
rain heavier for every inch it rifes out
of
D,q,i,z.:d=,GoogIe
J
RECREATIONS. 77
of the water : confequently, by finking
two inches below the middle point, or
raifing two inches above it, the wire will
become one grain lighter or heavier.
Therefore, if when the middle point is at
the furface of the water in equilibrio, the
index T, be fct to the middle point a, of
the graduated wirerj, and thediftanceon
each fide ar and tf j contains a hundred
equal parts, then, if in weighing bodies
the weight is required to the hundreth part
of a grain, it may be eafily had by pro-
ceeding in the following manner.
Let the body to be weighed be placed
in the fcale d. Put the weight X in the
fcale e, andlet this be fo determined, that
one grain more (hall be too much, and
one grain lefs, too little. Then the bal-
lance being moved gently up or down, by
the fcrew P, till the equilibrium be nicely
fhewn at fl i if the index T be at the mid-
die point a of the wire r s, it Ihews that
the weights put into the fcale e ^re jufl"
equal
,i.:db,Goo<ilc
78 RATIONAL
equal to the weight of the body. By thia
method. w£ End the abibhite weight of the
body : the relative weight, is ^ound by.
. weighing it hyd?ollaticaUy in water, as.
follows.
Inft^d of putting the body ipto the fcale
d,iz% before, let it hapg with the weight
Fi 3.x. tbfl hpok €, by a h^f^ hair, as at
R, fuppofipg the vpHel O of wa^r taken
ay4y- The equihbri um being, then m^,
the indeie T ilanding between (7 andr, ,at.
the thirtyTrfiJfth. djvifipn, fhqws the weighf
of the body put in to be 1095,36 grains.
A? it tljus hangs, 1^ it he imrpqrfed ii> the
wat<;r of the ve (Tel O, and it will become
nuich lighter. : the fcale e will defcend till,
the. beam of the bajlance r^ft on the, fupport -
z. Th^n,.fuppofe a hundred grains put
i nXs^ th^ Ibale 4, r^ilore the eq^uilihrium
prqcijely, fO: tljat the in4e.x T ftai)ds at
the thiftji-iyclih diyifion abov? a; it i$
eyideiW:. thM the.iyeigbt of ajj, equ^ bulk ,
og wat^C would, in this cafe, .he ei^^ftly,
a.h!^j9.^red grains.
After
ib,GoQgIc
,..,,Gooslc {^%^
..Google
RECREATIONS. ^9
Aft^r a liki: manper tbi$ ballance may
be applied to find th? fpeciiic gravity of
liquids, as is eal^ to conceive from what
l^as been faid.
THE SCBlEW of ARCHIMEDES.
THIS is a fort of (pherical pump, and
receives its name from its inventor.
It confifts of a long cylinder AB (PI. VI.
Fig. I.) with a hollow pipe CD round itj
and is placed in an oblique pofition, with
the lower end in the water, the other end-
being joined to the lower end of the winph
IK, fuppoi^cd by the upright piece I R.
When this fcrew is immerfed in the wa-
ter, it imm^d^tely rifes in the pipe, by
the orifice C> to a Level with the furface of
the water EF, and if the point in the fpi-
ral, w;hich in the beginning of the motion
- is coincident with the fqrface of the water,
happqn, ntft to be on the lower fide of the
cylinder, the water, upon the motion of
the fcrew, will move on in the fpiral, till
it
,i.db,Goo^lc
8o ;R A T I G N A L
it come to the point on the other fide that
is coincident with the water. When it
arrives at that point, which we will fup-
pofe to be O, it cannot afterwards poflefs
any other part of the fpiral than that on
the loweft part of the cylinder: for it can-
not move from O toward H or G, becaufc
they are higher above the horizon : and
as this will be condantly the cafe, after
the water in the fpiral has attained the
point O, it is plain it muft always be on
the under fide of the cylinder.
But becaufe the cylinder is in conftant
motion, every part of the fpiral fcrew,
from O, to D, will by degrees fucceed to
the under part of the cylinder. The wa-
ter therefore muft fucceed to every part of
it, from O to D, as it comes on the low-
er fide, that is, it muft afcend on the
lower part of the cylinder, through all the
length of the pipe, till it come to the
orifice at D, where it muft run out,
having nothing further to fupport it.
THE
U.,g,l,;.d.,C00gIC
RECREATIONS. 8i
THE BALLAKCE pumps.
'T'^HIS is a fimple and eafy method of
■■■ working two pumps at once, by '
means of the ballance AB, (Plate VI.
Fig. 3.) having a large iron ball ^t each
end, and placed in cquilibrio on the two
^indies C, as reprefented in the 4th figure.
On the right and left are two boards I,
nailed to two crofs-pieces, faftened to the
axis of the machine. On thefc boards
the perfon who is to work the pump
ftands, and fupports himfelf by a crofs
piece nailed to the two pods E D, Fig. 3.
At the diftance of ten inches on each fide
riie axis, are fattened the pifton rods M, N.
. The man, by leaning alternately on his
right and left foot, puts the ballance in
motion, by which the pumps O, P are
worked, and the water thrown into the
pipe H, and carried to a height pro-
portional to the diameter of the valves.
Vol. IV. G and
_,Coog'Ie
-82 RATIONAL
and the force of the ballance. There muft
be placed on each fide an iron fpring, ar
F and G, to return the ballance^ and pre-
vent its acquiring too great velocity.
• THE. HYDRAULIC SCOOP.
THIS machine confifts of five pieces of
, board, fbrming a fort of fcoop a$
B, (Plate VI. Fig. 2.) The handle C is
fufpended by a rope, faftened to three
poles, placed in a triangle,, and tied toge-
ther at A. ,
The working of this machine confifts
entirely in ballancing the fcoop that con-
tains the water, and directing it in fuch
manner that the water may be thrown in
any given direftion. It is evident that the
operation of both this and the laft ma-
chine is fo very ealy, that it may rather
be confidered as an agreeable and falutary
recreation, than hard labour.
With
U.,g,l,;.d.,C00glc
RECREATIONS. 83
SVith this machine a man of moderate
ftrength, by two ftrokes in four iecoD^s,
can draw half a cubic foot of water, that
is, more than four hundred cubic feet in
an hour.
This machine is frequently ufed by
the Dutch in emptying the water from
their dykes.
G 2 RECRE-
g,i,;.d.,CoogIe
84^ .RATI ONAL ,
RECREATION XIX.
"ube bydro/latk bellows.
LET AB and EF, (PI. VI. Fig. 5.) be
two circular boards of oak : the fides
A E and ,B F are to be of leather, and
joined very clofe to ttie top and bottom by
ilrong nails. CD'is a pipe fcrewed into a
piece of brafs on the top board, at C.
\
Now if a man blow into the pipe DC,
he may raife a very heavy weight placed
on the top of the bellows. Or if he Hand
on the top A B, he will, by blowing
ftrongly into tiie pipe; foon blow himfelf
up.
If water be poured in at D, till the bel-
lows and pipe be fall, the preffure againft
A B, on the ii^de, will lift as much
weight on the top, as is equal to a cylin-
der of water, whofe bafe is AB, and its
Udght.CI). , . . ^
^ - ' ^ RECRE-
ib,GoogIc
-Googly<;7>^
bvGoogle
RECREATIONS. '8^
RECREATION XX.
^he water clock.
PROVIDE acylindricveflel ofglafs, or
china, ABCD (PI. VII. Fig. i.) a-
bout a foot high, and four inches diame-
ter; Make a hole in its bottom, in which-
gluc a fmall glafs tube E, of about one-^
third of an inch diameter, and whofe end
has been partly clofed in the flame of a
lamp, fo that it will not futfer the water.
to pafs out but by drops, and that very
ilowly. Cover the top of the veffel with
a circle of wood F, in the center of which
make a round hole about half an inch
diameter.
Have a glafe tube GH, a foot high,,
and a quarter of an inch diameter, and at
one end let it have a fmali glafs globe I, to '
which you may hang a weight L, by which
it is kept in equilibrio, on or near the^
furfaoe of the water ; or you may pour a
G 3 fmall
:dbvGoogIe
$6 RATIONAL
fmall quantity of mercury into the tube,
for the fame purpofe. Fill the veflel with
water j put the tube in it, and over it
place the cover F, through the hole of
which the tube muft pafs fiecly up and
down. Now, as the water drops gradu-
ally out of the veflel, the tube will con-
tinue to deicend till it come to the
bottom.
Therrfore, pafte on the tube a graduated
paper, and put it in the veffcl when near-
ly full of water. Hang a watch by it, fel
to a certain hour, and as the tube defcends,
mark the hours, with the half and quarter
hours. If the relTpl be Efficiently large,
with regard to the hole at the bottom, it
will go for twelve hours, a day, or as much
longer as you pleafe, and requires no other
trouble tb*n that of pouring in water to a
certain height. Care muft be had how-
ever that the water be clean, for if there
be any pediment it will in time ftpp the
fmall
_,CoogIc-
RECREATIONS. 87
fmall hole at bottom, or at leaft render
the motion of the water irrcgular.
The veffel may be of tin, but the pipe
at bottom ftiould be glafs, that its fmall
aperture may not alter by ufe. It is to
be obferved, that the tube of one of thefc
clocks is not to be graduated by another,
for though the veffel be of the fame dia-*
meter at top, it may not be perfectly cy-
lindrical throughout; nor is it eafy ,to
make the hole at the bottom of one veife(
exaiflly of the fatne dimeofion with that
«f another.
G 4 RECRE-
ixibvGoogle
68 RATIONAL
RECREATION XXI.
^be globular fountain -^
MAKE a hollow globe A, (PI. VII.
Fig. 4.) of copper or lead, and of a
fize adapted to the quantity of water ,
that comes from the pipe to which it is-
to be placed. Pierce a number of fmall
holes through this globe, that all tend to-
ward its center *. Annex to it a pipe B,.
of fuch height as you^ think convenient^
and let it be fcrewed at Cj to the pipe from>
whence-the jet flows.
The water that comes from the jet ru(h-
ing with violence into the globe, will be
forced out at the holes, with the direflion
in which they are made, and will produce
a very pleafing fphere of water. .
. * The diameters of aJ) th^e holes, taken toge-
ther, muft not exceed that of the pipe at the part
from whence the watci flows,
RECRE-
,i,i=d=,GougIe
RECllEAr-I^JlS. 8?
RECREATION XXIL
. ^be hydraulic dancer^ -
PROCURE a little figure, made of cork',
as AB, (PI, 7. Fig, 2.) which yoa
may paint or drefs in a light fluff, after
your own fancy. In this figure you are
. to place the fmall hollow cone C, made of
thin leaf brafs.
When the figure is placed on the jet-
d'eau that plays in a perpendicular direc-
tion, 'it will remain fufpended on the top
of the water, and perform a great variety
of motions.
If a hollow ball of copper, of an inch
diameter, and very light, be placed on a
firailarjct, it will in like manner, remain
fufpended, revolving on its center, and
Spreading the water all round it, in the
inanr)?r reprefent^d by Fig. 3.
RECRE-
M,I,;.M;,G00^|C
yo RATIONAL
RECREATION X3HII.
'the bemfpherical cafcadt,
h,
MAKE a hollow leaden cone A. |^t.
VII. Fig. 5.) whofe aiis is one-third -
of the diametef of its bafe. The circle
C, that forms the bafe muft be in pro-
portion to th^ furface of water that flows
from the jet on which it is to be placed,
that it may flow from it equaUy on all
Ades. To the cone join the pipe B, which
ieiyes not only as a fupport, but is ta
be pierced with a number of holes, that it
may fupply the cone wuh a fufficient
quantity of water. Screw the tube juft
mentioned to the top of that from whence
the jet prdcecdis.
The water that ruOies into the cone
from the pipe, will run over its circum-
ference, and form ahemifpherical cafcade.
Jf this piece be fo conftru^ed that it may
be
:dbvGoogIe
RECKEATIONS. 91
be placed in a reverfed pofition, it wilt
produce a fpuntain in the form of a vafe,
(fee Fig. 6.) ajnd if there bft a fufficient
quantity of water, both thefe pieces may
be placed on the fame pipe. The fountain
at top and the cafcade undemcathi which
by their variety, will produce a very pleaf-
ing appearance.
RECREATION XXIV.
T'&e' water Jun, .
LET there be two portions of a hollow
. fphere, (Plate VII. Fig. 7.) that are
very ihallow : and let them be fo joined
together, that the circular ipacc .between
them may be very narrow, fix them
vertically to a pipe from whence a jet
proceeds. In that part by which the por-
tions of the fphere are joined, there mufl!
be made a number of holes j then the wa-
ter rulhing into the narrow cavity will be
forced out from the holes, and produce a
regular
ii^dbyGoO^IC
92 RATIONAL
regular Bgure of the fun, as in the plate.
This piece requires a large quantity and
force of water, to make it appear to ad-
vantage.
Several pieces of this Ibft may be placed.
over each other, in a horizontal direotlona
and fo that the fame pipe may fupply'
them all with water (fee Fig. 8.) It is
propef.td obferye, that the diameter of
thefe pieces muft continually diminiih, in
prciportion to .their diftaiice from the
bottom.
RECREATION XXV.
'the revolving water Jun.
MAKE a hollow circle A, (Plate VIIJ.
Fig. 1.) the fides of which are to
be pierced with nine, twelve, or fifteen
holes, made' in an inclined direftion : or
you may place the like number of fniall
tubes
:dbvGoogIe
,t.d:,Gooi(lc /?^
1
bvGoogle
R^CREATIONIS. 9^
tubes round the circle. Fix this circle
on the top of a jet, in fuch manner that
it may turn freely round.
The water rufhing violently into the
hollow circle will keep it in continual mo-
tion ; and at the fame time forcing itfelf
out of the holes or fmall tubes, will form
a revolving figure with rays in diiFerent di^
retflions, as in the plate.
RECREATION XXVI.
'fbe pbial of the four elements^
JTT^AKE a phial fix or feven inches longi
, ■■■ and about three quarters of an inch
diameter. In this phial iirll put glaf?,
.grofsly powdered : fecondly, oil of tartar
per deliquuni ; thirdly, tinfture of fait of
tartar j and fourthly, diftilled rock oil.
The glafs and the different liquors be-
ting <}f different ijenfities, if you fliak'e the
• phiaT,
g,i,;.d.,Goo^lc
94 RATIONAL
phial, and then let it reft for a few mo-
ments, the three liquors will intirely fepa-
rate, and each one alTume its proper place,
according to its fpeclfic gravity. Tht
powdered glafs at the boftom of the phial
may be fuppofed to reprefent earth ; the
oil of tartar, which occupies the fecond
place, reprefents water : the tiniflure that
floats above it may be compared to the air j
and the rock oil which fwims at the top, is "
fuppofed to reprefent the element of fire,
RECREATION XXVII.
I'be magic bottle.
TAKE a fmall bottle AB, (Plate VIIT.
Fig. 2.) the neck of which muft be
very narrow*; and have a glafs vcflel
CD, whofe height exceeds that of the
bottle about two inches.
With a fmall funnel fill the bottle quite
full of red wine, and place it in the vefiel
• The mouth of this bottle fhoald tot be mort
tbaa one-fixth of an inch wide.
CD,
i.,GoogIe
RECREATIONS. 95
CD, which is to fee fall of water. The
wine will prefently come out of the bottle,
and rire> in form of a fmall column, to the
furface of the water; and at the fame time
the water entering the bottle, will fupply
the place of the wine j for water being
fpeciftcally heavier than wine, mufl hold
the loweft place, while the other naturally
rifes to the top.
A fihiilar eSt&. will be produced if
tfie bottle be filled with water, and the
veffel with wine. For the bottle being
placed in the veflel, in an inverted pofition,
the water will dcfcend to the bottom of the
.veflel, and the wine will mount into the
bottle. The lame effeft may be produced
by many other liquors, whofc fpecific gra-
vities are confiderably different.
RECRE-
MbvGooglc
9.6 . RATIO N A I, . ■
RECREATION XXVIII. ,
I'becomprcfedjct tTeau.
PROVIDE a ftrong copper veffel A,
Plate VIII. Fig. 6.) of fuch figure as
you think convenient j in which folder a-
pipe BE, of the fame metal. Let there;
be a cock at H, which muft be made fo
tight that no air can pafs by it. The pipe
B Emuft go very near the bottom of the;
veffel, but not touch it. There muft be
another pipe F, at whofe extremity G
there is a very fmall hole ; this pipe muft
be fcrewed into the former.
The veffel being thus difpofed, take a
good fyringe, and placing the end of it in.
the hole at G, open the cock, and force the
air into the veffel j then turn the cock and
take out the fyringe. Repeat this opera-
tion feverai times, till the air in the veffel
be ftrongly condeafed. Then fill the
fyringe
i:,GoogIe
f
RECREATIONS. 97
iyrlnge with water, and force It into the
velTel, in the fame manner as, you did the
air; and repeat this operation till you can
force no more watei: into the veflel; then
Ihut the cock.
This veflel will be always ready to per-
Ibrm an axteinpore jet d'eau : for on turn-
ing the cock the ipring of the compreflcd
air will force out the water with gt-eat
^iftlence, and tlie jet will continue, tho'
continually decreafing in force, tiii the
water is all ^xhaufted, or the air within
'the ve^l is come to the fymc denfi^ with
i^iat without.
Vol. IV. H RE-
ib,GoogIe
98 RATIO N A L
REOREATION XXlX,
The marvellous vejfel.
T ET there be nrade a ein veflel, about
^ — 'fix inches high, aild three inches in
diameter, (PI. VIII. Fig, 3,.) The mouth
of this velTel B, muft be only one quarter of
an inch wide ; and in its bottom at A, make
a great number of fmall holes, about the
fize of a common; fcwing necdlc.-
Plunge this Teffel mi water, with Its
mouth open, and when it is full, cork it
up, and take it out of the water. So long
as the velTel remains corked, no water
inhatever will come out, but as ibon as it
it uncorked, the water will ilTue from the
fmall holes at its bottom.
You muft obferve, that if t&e holes at
the bottom of (he veflel;he more than dne-
fixth of an inch diameter, or if they be
L,g,i,z.4^,CoogIc
RECREATIONS. 99
• In too great number, the water will rua
out though the veflal be corked ; for then
the preflure of the air againft the bottom,
of the veffel will not be fufficient to con-
fine the water.
A Recreation fimilar to this is made
"%'ith a glafs filled with water, over which
a. piece of paper is placed. The' glafs is
then^verted, and the paper drawn dcx-
troufly away, when the water, by the
prediire of the air under it, will remain in
the glafs.
RECREATION XXX.
^be circulating fountain.
IN this fountain the boxes C E and
DX (n. V.lll Fig. 5.) biingclofe,
you fee only the bafon A W, with a hole
at W, through which the water that fpouts
out at B falls, and runs down, through the
pipe WX , into the box DX, from whence
Ha it
D,g,l,;.d.,C00gIC
roo H A T I O ST A L
it drives out the air, thmngh the afeead-
ing pifw Y Z, into- the cavity 6f thfe btw
C E, where preffing iipati the w*« ec«-
tained in thttt box, it fbvcti it et(t thrd''
the fpoHting pipe O B, as long fle iSlerc i»
any water in C E ; fo that the continuance
e^ the play is while the watfef itt GE fpcwts
ont aiiid falls down tfecotigh tfee pipe »WX*
into the cavity D- X..
The force of the jet is in pmpeniem ta
the heighi of tbt pipe WX, «f of ibe
diftance between the boxes C E aid DXl*.
The height of the water,, meafured from,
the baibn. A W to tho lorlacai cf the
water in the lower box D Xj is always-
«qual to the height, mraAired ft^fti the top
ofthe jetto the furface of the water ir^
the middle cavity CE. Now, fitiet ^*
forface CE is fliwayS fjlUirig,- add the wa-
fer E)X 18 iiw-ays riling, the haight ef^i
jet muft corttitmally dti\^a&, till' it ii
fliorter By the dfcpth of ths cavity GE,
whieti is emptying, added to the depth off
iz.GoogIc
RE-CRe;ATIONS. jot
liiie tiavjty DX, y/ivch is always filljog;
and when the jet is fallen fo low, it injoje-
ii^iately ceafesi
The method of prepairing this fountain
is as follow*. 'Firft, pour water in at W,
tW ' ypv hafTC filkci -the ,cavity P X : ■ thei?
Vara the fountain over, ^and the water will
TUn firom the .i^yit^ D X, into the ca^
vitt' C E, which you >vill know to be
fuU by libc v/a^ter's Ttuining ou.t at 3.
^vhcn it is held down. Set the fountain
•up a^gain, and pqur about a pint, of water
into the bafon A W^ .and as foon as it iias
'jfilled the pipe WX, the fountain wilj
play> -a^d .cootirtue as lon^ as there is any
water iti CE. You may then empty the
Tvater left in tfae bafon into any. other
veflel, and invert the fountain j which*
Mppn -being -pUced ag^in erect, will be-
^in to plgy, when tthe water poured out
«ffthc bafon is put into it again. There
are fountains of this ibrt that have four
pipe?, .inft^ad of twq, and by that mean
H3 the
D;„i,;.d ..Google
I02 RAT lO NAL
the water is forced up to twice the height
it is in this.
RECREATION XXXI.
'tbe magical cafcade.
PROCURE a tin veflel AB, (Plate VIII.
Fitj. 4.) five inches high and four in
diameter; with a cover C, clofedat tup.
To the bottom of this ve&l let there be fol-
dered the pipe D E, of ten inches length
and half an inch in diameter : this pipe
mu(^ be open at each end, and die upper
end inu^ be above the water in the veifel.
To the bottom alfo fix five or fix fmall
tubes F, about one-eighth of an inch dia-
meter. By thefc pipes the water contain-
ed in the veflel is to run flowly out.
Place this machine on a fort of tin ba-
fon GH, in the middle of which is a hole
of one quarter of an inch diameter. To
the tube DE fix fome pieces that may fup-
' port the veflel over the bafon, and ob-
fervc
:dbvGoogIe
RECREATIONS. J03
ferve that the end D, of the tube DE,
muft be little more than one quarter of an
inch from the bafon. There muft be
alfo another vefTel placed under the bafon
to receive the water that runs from it.
Now, the fmall pif es diicharging more
water into the bafon than can run out at
the hole in its center, the water will rife
jn the bafon, above the lower end of the
pipe DE, and prevent the air from getting
into the veflbl A^, and confequently the
■water will ceafe to flow from the fmall
pipes. But the water continuing to flow
from the bafon, the air will-have liberty
again to enter the veffel AB, by the tube
D E, and the water will again flow from
the fmall pipes. Thus they will alternate-
ly ftop and flow, as long as any water re-
.tnains in the ,ve0el A B.
As you will calily know, by obferving
-the rife of the water, when the pipes will
■ceafe to flow, and by the fall of it, when
ihsy will begin to run again, you may
H 4 fafely
_,CoogIe
104 RATION A3L
fafely prediA the change j lor you may
command them to run or Aop, aad'they
■will feem to obey your orders,
RECREATION XXXH.
'The iUumimted fountain
'T^HIS fountain -begins to -play wbon '
■*- certain candles placed rounJ it are
lighted, and flops when thofe can<Hes are
extinguished. It is conflru(5led as follows.
Provide two cylindrical velTela^ AB and
CD (PI. VIII. Fig. 7.) Connea them hg
four tubes open at both -ends, as HI, &c.
fo that the lAr may defccnd out of the
higher into the lower veffel. To rfiofe
tubes fix candleAicks, and to the hollow
cover E F,, of the lower veflcl, fit a finall
tube K, reaching almoft to the bottom of
the veffel. A G let there be an aperture
with a fcrcw, whereby water may be pou-
red into C D, which when filled -muft b^
clofcd with the fcrew.
Now,
.,Goo^U.'
RECRE/iriONS. jo|
^tfow/when candks :at -H> &K:.:ace1i^t-
«d, riieairinJtheiapper rover and cwrti-
guous ^pes iwJil >be iherebyron^edj and
tine jet from the fnuiU tube K -WiU 'begin
to.}:fl^.: ofithe airifaecomes more rarifiett
theiforcenf tbeijet wi^xncrea^ and it w'Al
OQQtiaDe tto'play till :the wster in <the ^owfff
vodel ;ts «xhaufled. iU'.H etvideiit, rtha^iss
the motion of >tbe jet is cauied Iby ith^ t^e^
of riiE xandhKjiif they be K3ctinguiflKd» 'the
ibantain muHfteOmHy'^a^ ■
RECR.EATIO>r XXXIII.
'The folar founts.
AlTl
(V]
^T^HE mertionoFthe-watcr imAie^foun-
■'*■ -tain -is produced ^by the 'heat of the
[un, 'in the 'TdHowing manner: GNS
(-^1. Vm. Fig. -8.^ is a^hin hollow-gaube
ef copper, of eighteen indhcs -diameter^
fUppofted by a finillinvertedbdfon, 'placed
bnarframe with four legs. AEC'D wWeh
have between -them, at the bottom, aba'fon
of Iwo feet -fiametcr. Through 'the -kg
C
_,CoogIe
io6 RATIONAL
C pafles a concealed pipe, which comes
from G, the bottom of theinfide of the
globe : this pipe goes by HV, and joins
the upright pipe u I, to make a jet as I,
The fliort pipe u I, which goes to the bot-
tom of the bafon, has a valve at a, un-
der the horizontal pipe. HV, ami another
valve at V, above that horizontal pipi-, un-
der the cock at K. The ufe ot this cock
is to keep the fountain frpm playing in
the day, till you think proper. 1 he north
•pole N of the globe has a fcrew that opens
A hc^e, whereby water is poured into the
globe-
The machine being thus prepared, and
the globe half filled with water, let it be
iet in an open place, when the heat of the
fun, rari^'ing the air as it heats the cop-
per, the air will prefs ftrongly againft the
water, which coming down the pipe
GCHVI, will lift up the valve at V, and
£hut the valve at u. The cock being opened
the water will ipout out at I, and con-
tinue
:dbvGoogIe
RECREATIONS. 107
tinue to play a long time, if the &n
ihine.
At night, when the dr is condenfed,
that which is on the outfide of the veffel
, will prcfs on the adjutage I, and (hut the
valve V J and at the fame time preffing on
the water in the bafon D a H, which has
been played in the day, will pufti it up,
trough the' valve u, and pipe u HG,
into the globe, fo as to fill it again to the
iame height as at firft. When the fun
fhines. again on the globe, the fountain
will play again, &c. A fmall jet will play
fix or eight hours.
If the globe be fet to the latitude of the
place, and reftified before it be fixed, with
the hour lines or meridians drawn upon
it, the hours marked, and the countries
painted, as on the common globe, it will -
• form a good dial ; the fun then fhining
upon the fame places in this globe, as it
does
J ..Google
<o9 .IRATf jOiN.AL
. was invented by Dr, Defaguliers. ■
RECREATION XXXiV.
JN diis .cap is ^eccd a fyphon* thf
■^ fliprteft leg of which i& near thebotr
torn of the cup^ .and -the lon^rft is conr
Ciealed Jn the Jiiandje* If water ^e poured
into tlus cup it wiU {utt o'tui ^t till i(
cfflue abowc tbe t(^ of the,^M)n4e4 part «f
thc'fypbon, and then, by the preSwe lof
the air, it will be forced up the ihort leg^
«OfI Sim OBl: hy ifliat in 4he kantQe, till the
iwater an the .cup be lower -than the Utott
l^fif ibe iyphon, which may be placed
»ery near the boUomof (he vcflel. If the
cop be £IIed juft to the top of iJie iy-
^on, . and an apple or orange thrown
in, it wiU> by raifing -the water,
have
, >-
u.,g,i,;:.d.,GoOgIc
fi
Pfi-
'7./^..gi.
gfi^e.
1
c,,„,=,Googlc (*of-,-
..Google
RECREArrONS. toy
have the fame eSe^ as pouring in-
more.
This is calleJ ike&tpof Tantalus, from
the . rcfemblance of an experiment ibme-
times made with an image placed upright
in the cup, (PI. IX. Fig. i.) to the fable
of Tantalus. For a fyphon being placed
in the body of the imige, one end of
which beginning at the bottom of one fo<*
at A, rifes ti? the upper part of bis breafl^
from thence defcends through the other
leg, on which he lland^s, and from thence
through the bottom of the cup, intathe
lower part" at B. As foon as the water li-
fes to the thin of the image, above S, it
will begin to run out»,- in the fame t
aft from the cup ab9ve.mentioned.
RECRE.
ib,GoogIc
no R ATIO N A L
RECREATION XXXV.-
■ - ,; fihe/ea gage.
THIS Inftrument is conftruited as fol-
lows. AB (PI. IX. Fig. 2.) is the
gage bottle, in which is cemented the
gage tube ¥ f, in the brafs cap at G. The
upper end of the tube F is hermetically
fealed, and the lower, open end fy is im-
merfed in mercury, marked C, on which
fwims a fmall furface of treacle. On the
top of the bottle is fcrewed a pipe of brafs
GH, pierced with feveral holes, to admit
the water into the bottle AB. K is a
weight, hanging by its ihank L, in a foc-
ket N, with a notch on one fide at m, in
which is fixed the catch /, 6f the fpring j,
which palling through the hole L, in the
fliank of the weight K, prevents its falling
out, when once hung on. On the top, in
the upper part of the brafs tube, at H, is
fixed a large empty ball, or full blown blad-
der
:dbvGoogIe
RECREATIONS. in
der I,_ which muft be of fuch a fize that the
weight K may be able to link the whole-
under water.
This inftrument is ufed in the following
manner. The weight K is hung on, and
the gage being let fall into deep water,
finks to the bottom : the focket N is fomc-
thing longer than the fhank L, and there-
fore, after the weight K comes to the
bottom, the gage will continue to defcfind,
till the lower part of the focket ilrike
againft the weight : this gives liberty to
the catch to fly off the hole L, and let go
the weight K. When this is done, the
ball or bladder J, inftantly buoys up the
gage to the top of the water.
While the gage is finking, the water
haying free accefs to the treacle and mer-
cury in the hottle, will, by its preffure,
force it up into the tube F f^ and the
height to which it has been forced by the
greateft preflure, which is that at the bot-
tom'.
ii^dbyGoO^IC
lU R ATtOlSTA L
torn, will be /hown by the mark in the
t'uBe which the treacfe leaves Behind it j
and which is here its only ufe. This fhows
into, what fpace the whole air in the tube
Fy"is comprefTed, and confequcntly the
depth of the water, which by its weig&t
produced that compielllon.
If the gage tube Fy be of gTafs, a fcaLe
may be drawn on ft with the point of a
diamond, which will Ihew by infpeftion,
at what height the water ftands above the
bottom. But the, length of ten inches is
not fiifficient to fathom depths at fea; for
when all the air in fuch a length of the
tube is compreffed into half an inch, the
depth of water is not more than 634 feet,
which is not half a quarter of ^ mile.
tf to remedy this, we ufe a tube 50 inches
long, which, for ftrength, may be a mulket
barrel, and if the air be eompre0ed into
the hundredth part of half an inch, even
then the depth will be but 3300 feet, that
i:,GoogIc
RECREATIONS. 113
Ifr 66a feet more than half a mile. But
it is reafonable to fuppofe the caWties of
the iea bear a near proportion to the moua-
toinous parts of the land, fome of which
are more than three miles high. There*
fore, to inveftigatc the grcateft depths of
ihe fea, the following improvement was
made to the foregoing a^aratus.
Let BCDF, Fig* 3. bca hollow metil
globe, on the top of Which is fixed the
long tube AB, whofe capacity is one*
ninth part of the globe. At the lower
. part D, it has a fhort tube D E, which 'a
to ftand in the mercury and treacle. The
air contained in this compound gage-tube
is comprefled by the water, as before j but
the degree of compreffion> or height to
which the treacle has been forced* cannot
here be feen through the tube : therefore,
to anfwer the fame end> a flender rod of me-
tal or wood* with a knob at the top of the
tube AB, will receive the mark of the trea-
cle, and ihow it when taken out,
. Vot. IV I If
ixibyGoO^IC
11+ RATIONAL
If the tube be 50 inches long, tnd q(
fuch a bore that erery inch in length be
equal to a cubit inch of air, and the coD"
tent of the globe and tube together bi»
500 cubic inches ; then, if the air be com-
preSed within a hundredth part of the
whole, it is evident that the treacle will
not approach the top of the tube nearer
than five inches, which will anfwcr to
rfie depth of 3300 feet of water, as above.
Tvnce that depth will comprefs the air
into half that fpace» nearly, that is, two
inches and a half, which correfponds to
6^00 feet, or a mile and a quarter*
Laftly, half that fpace, or an inch and aquar-
ter, will anfwer to.douUe the laft dep^>
that is, 13,200 feet, or two miles and a
half; which is, probably, very near thfc
greateft depth of the fea. This lea-gage
was invented by the l>s. H^ee and Deia-^
guliers.
RECRE-
u.,g,i,;.d ..■Google
RECREATIONS- 115
RECREATION XXXVI.
The dhing belk
npHBRB have been many machines
invented to explore the hidden cham^
berfc of the deep ; as may be ealily ima-
gined : for when curiodty is joined by
vr^ice they ftrcmgly e^fcite the inventive
faculty. Of all theft machines the mofl:
complete is that invented by Dr. Halley,
who does not appear, however, to have
be«i excited by any other motive than
coriofity j not is it \Vonderful : for to a
tnan of his exalted faculties one motive
otily is equal to many, when a^ing coa*
jointly, on t vtdgar mind.
This machine was in the form of a bell
(PI. IX. Fig. 4.) It was three feet wide
at topf five at bottom, and eight feet high*
and contained about forty-three cubic feet*
»r dcSF eight hogiheads.
I 3 The
ii^dbyGoO^IC
11^ RAT 10 NAL
The- machine was coated with lead, and
fo heavy that it would fink empty. The
weight was dJilribured about the bottom
I K, fo that it would go down in a per-
pendicular direftion only. In the top was
fixed a ftrong clear glafe D, to let in the
light from above. There was like wife, a
cock at B, to let out the hot, foul air. Be-
low was fixed a circular feat L M» for the
diverstofitonjand laftly, fromthe bottom
hung», by three ropes, a ftage for them. to
ftand on, while they were perfornung their
.operations. This machine was fufpended
from the maft cf a fliip by a fprit, which
was fufiiciently.fecured to the mafl-head
by ftays, and was dire^ed by braces to
carry it over board, clear of the fide of the
ihip, and to bring it in again.
To fupply the bell with air under water,
were made two barrels, fuch as C, of about
63 gallons each,' and cafed with lead, ib
that they would fink empty j each of them
had
ib,GoogIc
RECREATIONS. 117
had a hole in the lower part, to let in the
water, as the air in them was condcnfed
in their defcent, and to let it out again,
when they were drawn up from below.
To a hole in the top of the barrel was
fixed a leathern pipe, well prepared with
b,ces-wax and oil j this pipe was long
enough to Fall below the hole at the bot-
tom, and kept down by a weight hanging
to it, fo that the air in the upper part,
driven there by the encroachment of the
water in the defcent, could not efcape,
unlefs the lower end of the pipe was lifted
«p.
Thefe air barrels were fitted with tackle,
adapted to make them rife and fall alter-
nately, like two buckets in a well. In
their defcent they were dire»5led by lines,
faftencd at the under edge of thq bell,' to
the man ftanding on the ftage to receive
them ; who, by taking up the ends of the
pipes above the furface of the water in the
I 3 bell,
-.Cooglc
iiS RAT I ONAL
bell> gave liberty to the water in the har*
rels to force all the air in the upper parts
Into the bell, while it entered below and
filled the barrels ; and as foon as one was
difcharged, at afignal given, it was drawn
up, and the other defcendcd to be readjr
for ufe.
As the cold air rufhed into the bell Trom
the barrel below, it expelled the hot air
through the cock B, at the top of the bell,
which was then opened for that purpofc.
By this method air was communicated C&
quick, and in fuch plenty, that the Do^Qr
tells us, he hlmfelf was one of five* wh9
was at the bottom in nine or ten fathom
water, for more than an hour and a half
together, without any fort of iU confer
qtience j and for any thing that appeared
to the contrary, he might have ccmtinued
there as long as he pleafed.
In going down, it is ncceflary the dc»
fcent ihould he at firft very gentle, that
tho
u.,:„i,;.d ..Google
RECREATIONS. 199
tiit denje air may be infpired, to keep up
by its fpring, a balance to the preflure of
the air in the bell. At each twelve feet of
<lelcent the bell was ilopped, and the \(rater
that entered was driven out, by letting in
ihree or four barrels, of frefh air. By this
means, and by taking off the ftage, the
Jbottom of the fea could be fo far made
dry, within the circuit of the bcU, as ixot
to be OTcr {hoes thereon.
By the glafs on the top of the bcll fo
much light entered, when the fun ihined,
and the fea was clear aad even, that D^
Halley could Use diftin<ftly to write and
jead- . By the return of the air-barrels he'
fcnt up orders, wrote with an iron pen on
fmall pieces of lead, direftin^ where the
bell was to be moved. But in dark wea.-
ther, when the fea was rough, the bell
would bo as dark as ni^ht z but then, the
Doctor ob&cved. he could keep a candle
burning In the bell as iong as he plealed j
for it is found by experiment, that a can-
I 4 ' die
D,g,l,;./d.,.C00^lc
I20 RATIONAL
die CQnfumes as much air in a minute as t^
man, that is, about one t
The only inconvenience attending thi^
bell was, that upon firft going down, they
felt a fmall pain in their ears, as if ttie
end of a quill was ^srcibly thruft intq
them. This pain prefently ceafed, but
on defcending lower returned again, and
again ceafed j and fo alternately, till the
machine got to the bottom, then the air
remained of the fame denfity. This in-
convenience is fuppofed to be occasioned
by the condenfed air ihutting up a valve, ,
leading from fome cavity in the ear, full of
common air j but as the condenfed air
continues to prefs harder, it forces the
valve to give way, and fills every cavity.
One of the divers, thinking to prevent
this preffure, flopped his ears with a pled-
get of paper J which, as the bell defcend-
ed, was forced fo far Into his ears, that it
was with great difficulty the furgeon could
cxtrad it.
Thil
:dbvGoo^Ie
RECREATIONS. ui
Thi^ bell was (b improved by the in-r
ventor, that he could detach one of- hii
divers to the diftance of a hundred yardt
from it. For this purpofc he contrive4
a cap, or head-piece, fomething like 9a
inverted hand-baiket, as F, with a glafS
in the fore part, for the diver to fee his
way,
This cap was of lead, and made tQ fit
quite clofe about his ihoulders : in the top
of it was fixed a flexible pipe, communis
eating with the bell, and by turning a ftop
cock near his head-piece, he received
air whenever he pleafed. There was alio
another cock at the end of the pipe in the
bell, to prevent any accident happening
from the perfon without. This perfon
^vas well cloathed with thick fiafinels, ~
which were warmed upon him .before he
ieft the bell, and would not fulfer the cold
water to penetrate j he was alfo furniflied
. with a girdle of large leaden weights, and
cloPs of lead for the feet, which, with .
the
u.,g,i,;.d.,. Google
ita RATIONAL
tiie weight of the leaden cap, kept him
firm on the ground. His cap contained
air enough to ferve him a minute or twos
fhen by railing himfelf above the bell, aod
turning the cock F. be could replenilh it
with freih air. The pipe he coiled round
his arm> which ferved him as a clue to
find his way back to the bell.
Since the invention of the above diving
machine, there has been one contrived by
M. Triewald, F. R. S. and military archi-
te<ft to the King of Sweden* which, for x
fingle peribn, is in fome refpe^s more eli*
^ble, and is conAru^ed as follows. A^
(PI. IX. Fig. 5.) is the bell, which is funk
by lead weights D D, hung to its bottom.
This bell is of copper, and tinned all over
OR the infide, which is illuminated by
three ftrong convex Icnfta G, G, G, with
copper lids H, H, H, to defend them.
The iron ring or plate E, fcpvw the diver
to flsand on when he is at work, and »
&lpended at fuch a diftance from the bot-
tom
ib,GoogIe
RECREATIONS. 123
torn of the beU, by the chuns F, F, F,
that when the diver Hands upright, his
head is juft above the water in the bell,
where the air is much better than higher
up, becaufe it is colder, and confequently
more fit for refpiration. , But as the diver
muft be fometimes entirely within tho
bell, and his head of courfe in the upper
part, the inventor contrived that even
there, when he has breathed the hot air
as long as he well can, he may, by means
of a rpiral copper tube C placed clofe to
the infide of the bell, draw the cooler and
frelher air from the lowermoft parts ; ibr
which purpofe a flexible leather tube,
about two feet long, is fixed by one tnd to
the upper part of the copper tube } and to
the other end is fixed an ivory mouth-
piece, by which the diver relpires the air
from below.
PYRO-
ib,GoogIe
1
./Google
D,q,l,;.:d.,.G00<ilc
Diqilii^dbyGoOglc
X>OOOOOOOO<XX)OOOO0O0OO«
PYROTECHNICS.
xxxxxxxxx>oooooooooooc<x
ib,GoogIc
D,q,i,z.:d=,.GoogIc
F
f "7 ]
PYROTECHNICS.
DEFINITIONS.
i.p YROTECHNICS is that
Jt branch of phyfiology which ex-
plains the nature of fire, and the manner
of employing it in offices of ufe or
pleafure.
2. Fire is fald to be of fix degrees.
3. The firft: degree of fire is that mea-
fured by Farenheit's thermometer betwcea
its firft and 80th degree f and is the limit
necefi!ary to vegetation.
4. The fecond degree of fire, Is that
contained between the 40th and 94th de-t
grees of the fame thermometer : and is that
necefiary to animal life.
5. The third degree of heat extend*
from the 94th to th? 2i2th degree of that
thermo^
ixi by Google
iii R A T i O i?^AL
thermometer J the laft of which is coiriJ
monly that qf boiling water.
0. The fourth degree of heat is extend-
ed to the 6ooth degree of the fame ther-
mometer ; which is very near the boiling
point of mercury : within this degree lead
and tin melt*.
7. The fifth degree of heat is that in
which all metals and iixed falts melt, and
moft other bodies vitrify or become vola-
tile. This is the extreme heat of a chej
micil furnace.
8. The fixth degree of heat is that of
the focus of a large lens or mirror, which
nafabftance can fullain unaltered.
9. Heat is divided into abfolute and re-
lative : abfolute heat is that which exiil^
in any fubftance j and relative or compa-
rative heat is that which is perceived by
an animal body.
f Theftr divirions of heat by the thermometCn
were firft fixed by tlie illuftrious Boerhaave. ■
APHO-
:,GoogIe
RECREATIONS. 129
APHORISMS
1. Abfolute heat proceeds from an in-
teftine motion in the parts of any body*.
2. Relative heat arifcs from the degree
of inteftinc motion in any fubftance being
greater than that of the animal hody to
which it is applied.
3. There is the fame affinity between
abfolute and relative heat, as between mo-
tion and velocity : abfolute heat being the
whole motion of all the parts of the heat-
ed body, and relative heat only the com-
parative velocity of the parts -f-,
* This is the doftrine of fire maintained by th«
Englilh philofophers : thofc of other nations aflcrt,
in general, that fire is an element, like air and wa-
ter, that'^t is contained in all bodieg/and obtainable
from them by attrition or pulfation.
t This is exemplified by placing eqaal quantities
of mercury and water over a fand heat, where the
fire beinguniformly communicated to each of them,
they will acquifc, in the lame time, the fame dc-
grc| of abfolute heat : but the ralative heat, or that
Which is fenfiblo to an an^ikl body, wUl be near
V01..IV. K fourtsen
g,l,;.d.,C00gIC
I30 RATIONAL
4.. When the motion of the parts of an
inflammable body is increafed to a certain
degree, it will throw off a quantity of par-
ticles, in form of fmoke. If the velocity,
fee further increafed, thofe particles will
become fparks of fire : and if the, velocity
be ftiJl further increafed, thofe particles
■will make a body of fire, in the form of
z flamcj
5. The effea of fire in burning proceeds
from the velocity of its particles, which
fo far increafe the velocity of thofe of the
body to which it is applied, as to feparate
fhem from the body, and drive them be-
yond the fphere of its attraiflion. By
which mean the body is diflblved, fuch of
its particles as are volatile fly off in fmoke
or flame, and the reft remain in the form
of a calx or aftes.
6. The force or bdrning power of the
ifourtccn times greater in the water than the mer-
cury ; for the water having' fourteen times lefs
matter, will have acquired a velocity, in propor-'
tion as much greater.
parti-
Di'qiiiz.d ..Google
pdtticles of fire when cohdenfed, as in.
the focus of a lens or mirror, are increafed
in prbfiortion to the area of the glafs, di*
rcitly, and the fquare of the focal diftance,
inverfly *.
7. The forcing of heat iiicrcafcs pro-
portion to the fquares of the diftances, in-
verfly } that is, at the diftance of one foot
the Bre is four times as fhong as at twd
feet, and nine times as ftrong as at three
feet } and fo in proportion.
8. The dimenfions of bodies* in general,
are increafed by heat -f*.
• For example : fuppofc the area of one gU6
to be twelve fquare inches, an^ its focal diftance
nine inches j and the area of another to be ten ■
inches, and its focal diftance £ve inches. Then
the burning power of the former will be to the lat-
ter as i» multiplied by 25, is to 10 multiplied by
8l; that is, as 300 to 810, eras 3010 81.
t Dr. Halley found that water has ho percep-
tible expanfion when gently heated, but when
boiled, expands one twenty-fixth part. Mercury
with a very gentle heat expands otie-fcventy-fonrth
-]^Tt; and fpirit of wine, yt'ith a beat much lels
tiun dtat oF b^ilijis water, expands one-twelfth.
K2 M.
g,l,;.d.,C00^lc
132 RATIONAL
9, Fire pervades> and is found in all bo-
dies.
10. The immediate inflammable matter
of every body is oil, or an unftuous fub-
ftaoce.
J I . No fubftance will continue to bum
without the admiffion of frefhair.
12. Fire, afts in all direftions from the
ignited body, as from a center,,
M. Mufcbenbrock found the expaniioni of the fol-
lowing metals in the fame heat, to be in the propor-
tions here fet down. Silver 78; ironSojftcel 85 »
copper 89; brafe iio; tiQ_»53; lead 155*
RECRE-
D,q,i,z.:d=,.GoogIe
RECREATIONS. 133
RE-CREATION XXXVII.
'the hiflammabk pboj^borm *.
fir^AKE the meal or flour of any ve-
•■^ getable, put it into an iron paa
over a moderate fire, and keep it ftirring
with an iron fpatula, till it be converted
into a black powder : to one part of this
add four parts of crude alum. Make the
whole into a fine powder, which being
put into an iron pan over the fire, is to be
kept conftantly iUrring with a fpatula till
alpioft ignited, to prevent its cohering in
. lumps, as it is apt to do upon the melting
of the alum, in which cafe it muft be
' broke again, ftirrcd about, and accurately
mixed with the flour, till it emit no more
fumes, ancl the whole appear a fine, dry,
black, fixed powder,.
^ For a more eafy method gf prepaiiog <t lucid
jtlpplphoms, lee Vol. III. p. 91.
K 3 Put
./Google
J34 RATIONAL
Put this powder in a clear, dry phial,
with a oarrow neck, filling to about one-
third from' the top. Then ftop the mouth
of the phial with loofe paper, . fo as to let
the air pafs freely through it, and leave
room for fumes to come through the neck.
Place the phial in a crucible, encompafled
on all fides with fand, but fo that it may
not touch any part cither of the bottom
or fides of the crucible, but a confider-
able fpace be every where left between
them. The phial muft be covered up
with fand, fo as only to leave a part of it
bare, through which you may perceive
whether the matter be ignited. In this
ilate the crucible is to be furrounded with
coats kindled flowly, till it be well heated
on all fides, when the fire is to be raifed,
till the crucible, fand, glafs, and matter ia
it, be all red hot ; in which ftate they are
to be kept for an hQurj after this, the
fire being fttU kept- up, the orifice of the
phial is to be well clofed with wax, to
prevent any ajr frpni ^pterins;. Th^s
the
ib,GoogIe
RECREATIONS. 135
the whole being left to cool undifturbed,
you will at laH find in the phial a black
duAy coal, formed of the flour and alum.
A fmall quantity of the matter con-
tained in rfiis phial being fliook out, into
the cold air, immediately takes fire and
burns ; but having once felt ttw air, lofes.
all power of kindling thereby. This man-
ner of producing fire appears the moil
extraordinary of all that have hitherto
been diicovered, fince the matter thus pre-
pared will prelerve its virtue three montlu,
provided the air be kept from it : but if
the finalleft qi^ntity of moifture, even, of
that little which is lodged in the air, coro«
to touch this powder*, the expecimeDt will
not fucceed.
K 4 RE-
., Google
136 RATIONAL
RECREATION XXXVIII,
^be Squid pbofpborus,
rp'AKE a piece of Eogltih pholpbonis,
about the fize of a pea, and cutting
it very fmall, put it into half a glafs of
quite clear water. Boil it in a little earthen
veiTcI over a moderate fire. Have a phial
with a narrow neck and a glais ftopper;
take out the Aopper and plunge the phial
in boiling water : then take it out, and
pouring out the water, put the boiling
mixture immediately into it : inftantly flop
the phial, and cover it with a cement, that
the air may not in any dcgffie enter it.
This mixture will Oiine in the dark for
feveral months, though the phial be not
touched: if it be fhook, efpecially in warm
dry weather, very ftrong lightnings will
dart from the midtUe of the water.
§otne
J,g,l,;.d.,C00glc
RECREATIONS, 137
Some plealing amufements may be pro^
duced by putting this phofphorus in a
long or broad phial, and pafting a paper
over it, in which letters or figures arc
put,
RECREATION XXXIX,
7be fulminating gold,
PLACE a fmall mattrafs, on afknd heat,
and in it put one part of filings of pure
gold, and three parts of aqua regia. When
the liquor has entirely diffolved the gold,
put the mixture in a phial, and add five
or fix times as much common water.
Then take ijpirit of fal ammoniac, or
oil of tartar, and pour it, drop by drop,
on the diffolution, till the cbulition ceafe.
Let this mixture reft, till, the gold be en-
tirely precipitated to the bottom of the
phial. Pour the water that fwims at the
top gently oiF, and after walhing this
gold
ibvGoogIc
13ft RATIONAL
gold duft ieveral times in common water,
dry it by a very inoderate heat, by putting
it on a paper that will ab£}rbNB all it^
OKuilure.
If a grain of this powder be put in s
copper fpoon, over the flame of a candle,
as foon as it is well heated, it will go off,
with a report lifce diat of a piftol. If the
Ipooa be not fufiiciently ftrong, the mat-
ter will run through it, and make an ex-
plolion underneath, with great violence.
RECREATION XL.
T&e iurmjig Jhuntam.
MAKE a veffel of tin or copper,, as
ABCD, (PI. X. Fig. II.) or of
what other form you pleafe. Let there
be an eoUpilc E, of the fame metal, and
of the fize and 6gure of a pear, and let its
neck pafs through the top of the veflel,
where it fliould not be of more than one
quarter of an inch diameter : to this neck ~
joift
u.,g,i,;.d.,CoogIe
RECREATIONS. ^39
join the pipe F^ whofa bor-e at the extre-
mity ibould b<f extremely fmall, and there
muft be a fmaU cock at G, that goes acrofs
It. Pour feme fplrit of wine into the eo-.
iipile, and having filled the veffel with boil-
ing water, cover it over.
The heat of the boiling water ratifying
the air contained in the eolipile, it, will
prefs on the furface of the fpirit of wine,
and force it through the fmall hole at the
end of the pipe. Therefore if the flame
of a candle be placed clofe to the orifice
of the pipe« the fpirit will take fire> and
it will form a flaming fountain, that will
have a pleafing cffefl;; and if theorifico
of the pipe be quite fmall, will continue
for fome time.
This piece may be executed on a larger
plan, and many of the jets dcfcribed under
the article of Hydraulics, may be annexed
to the eolipile ; taking care always that
the orifice by which the Ipirit is to pafs
. be
g,l,;.d.,C00glc
»49 RATIONAL
tw extremely iinaU. If filings of iron bo
fifted over thefe jets, through a very fine
fievc, they will take jfire, and imitate cx-
9&ly the appearance of fireworks.
RECREATION XU-
Jprittce Rupert's drop,
npAKE up a fmall quantity of the melt-r
ed matter of gbfs, with a tube, and
let a drop fall into a pail of water, by
which it will retain its form, and appear
Iblid throughout i except that it contain
a few dr bubbles. This drop will have
a linall tail, which being broke the whole
fubfbnpe of the drop will burft, with
great violence, into a fine powder; and
give a little pain, but do no hurt to t}iQ
liand that breaks it.
It is remarkable, that the bulb or
body will bear the ftroke of a hammer
without breaking, but if the- tail be
broke the abovemcntioned eifed is pro-f
duced
:dbvGoogIe
RECREATIONS. 141
duced. If the drop be cooled in the
&ir, it will, not produce the effeft ; and if
it be ground away on a ftone, nothing ex-
traordinary appears. But if it be put into
the receiver of an £ur-;pump> and there
broke, the effc£t will be ib violent as ^o
produce light.
This phenomenon is fuppoied to pro-
ceed from the particles of the glals being
in a ftate of repulfion, while melted, but
by being dropped into cold water, tiie ex-
ternal particles are condenfed, and hold
the internal, which are ftill in a ftate of
repidfion, as in a calc j but when an open-
ing is made in that cafe, by breaking off
the tail, the coniined particles ruHi forth,
and burft the drop with the greateA vu>r
lence.
RECRE^
D,q,i,z.:d=,.Goo<ilc
14* R-AtlOiSFAt
RECREATION KUI
^ie revivified ro'fe,
TAKE a mfe that UquitS faded> dnd
throwing fbme common fuiphur oa
a chafingdifh of hot coals, hold the r6(e
over the fumesj and it will becomt qititc
■white. Then dip it in a bafoft of water,
G^ giving it to any one, tell him to put
It in his box or drawer, and after locking
it, to give yoti the key. When you re-
turn hini the key, five or fix hours after>
and he unlocks his drawtf, idAead of the
Vrfiite rofe he put in it, he will find ode
Aat is perfeftly rtfd.
RECRE-
i:,GoogIc
RECREATIONS. 443
RECREATION XUIL
Writing on glafs by the rays of the Jim.
DISSOLVE chalk in aqua fortis, to the
confidence of mtlfc, and add to that
a ftrong diflblution of filvcr. Keep this
liquor in a glafs decanter well flopped.
Then cut out from a paper the letters you
Vf'oKAA. have appear, and parte the paper
on the decanter, which you are to place
in the fun, in fuch a manner th^tits rays
may pafs through the fpaces cut out of
the paper, and fall on the furface of thft
liquor. The part of the glafs through
which the rays pals will turn black, and
that under the paper will remain white.
You muft obferve not to move the bottle
during the time of the operation.
RECRE-
,i.:db,Goo^lc
144 RATIONAt
RECREATION XLIV.
T6e magic picture.
TAlCE two pieces of glafs about ttifcC
inches long and four wide : they
mufl be .quite level, and exactly of tbtf
fame fize. Place them one over the other,
and let there be about one-twentieth part
of an inch between them, wliich you may
cffedl by pafting papers on their four cor--
ners. Join thefe two glaiTes together by
a luting compofed of lime flacked by ly-
ing in the air and reduced to very fine
powder, mixed with the white of an egg.
■Cover all the borders of thefe glafles with
parchment or bladder, except a fmall,
opening left on one fide, in order to in-<
troduce the following compofition.
Diflblve by a flow fire fix ©unceg of
fine hogs-lard, and put to it half an ounce
of white wax, and if you find it neceffary
to render it more fenfible to the heat, add
ii^dbyGooglc ■'
RE CREATIONS, 145
an ounce, or more, of the clearefl linfeed
oil. This, when liquid, is to be poured ,
between the glafles by the fpace left in
their fides, and which you are then to ftop
cloie up. Wipe the glafles clean, and hold
them before the fire, to fee that the com-
pofition will not run out at any part. Thei^
pafte a piifture, painted on any thin fub-
Aance^ or a coloured print, with its face
to one of the glafles, and lix th& whole in
a frame.
The miitturc between the glafi*e8, while
it is cold, will quite conceal the picture,
but bccomingperfeifHy tranfparent by heat,
the painting will appear as if there was
only a Angle glafs before it. As the
compofition cools, the pi^ure will gradu-
ally difappear, and at laft be quite in-
. viiiblc.
Vol. IV; L RE-
g,l,;.d.,C00glc
1+6 RATIONAL
RECREATION XLV.
The luminous orack.
PROCURE a tin box ABCD, (Pi. XII.
Fig. I.) about eight inches high, four
wide, and two deep, and let xt be fixed on
the wooden ftand E. On two of the in-
fides let there be a groove F G, and in the
ffont an opening I> -three inches wiftfe and
oncHgh.
At the back of the box let there be a
little tin door, that opens outward, by
which two wax candles M, may be put in.
Let the top of the box have a cover N,
of the fame metal, in which there are ie-
veral holes, and which may be taken- off
at pleafure.
Provide a double glafs OP, Fig. 2. ton-
Anii^ed in the f^me manner as that in the
laft Recreation- On one of its fides you
are to paite a black paper, tlie length of
which
:dbvGoogIe
RECREATIONS. 147
Which is to be divided into three parts,
And the breadth iato fifteen ; in every
two of th^fe fifteen divifions you cut out
letters, which will make in the whole
three anfwers, to three queftions that
■ may be propofed. On the other fide of
the glafs pafte a very thin paper, -and to
the top faften a fmall cord, by which they
may be made to rile or defcend in the
groove F Gj
Then take a flip of paflieboard R§,
Fig. 3. one inch and a half wide and three
inches long, which is to be divided into
fifteen equal parts, finular to thofe of the
paper O Pj and cut out fpaceS, as in the
figure> fo that this paper Aiding horizon-
tally before O P, will either cover or con-
ceal the letters cut in that;
This pafteboard is to Aide between two
brafs wires, and is to be faftened to one
fide of the box, by a firing that commur
nicates with a fmall brafs fpring, and to
L 2 the
:dbvGoogIe
148 R A T 1 O fT A L
the other fide» by a. ftring faftened to the-
box by a fmall piece of wax, fo fituate
riiat the flring may be cafily fct at liberty
by the heat of ^ candles placed in the
box^
Take a parcel of cards, and write oa
them different queftions, three of which
zrc to correfpond with the anfwers on the
glafs. Shuffle thefe cards, and let s per-
fon draw any one of the three queftions.
Then by raifing Ae glafs you bring the
anfwer againft Uu hote in the ftonit of th«
box. You next place rive candles in rfie
box, the heat of which will melt the
wax that h<^ds the paper R,S, which
being tben drawti by ^e fprit^ the an-
Iwer will be viliMe,^ and in proportion a*
the compofition between the glafics be-
comes diluted, by the increafe of the
hcAt, ^e lenefs will Eecoioe txnat^ ftrong^-
ly illmmnated, -
The
pdbvGoogle
RSCRfeATIONS. 149
The letters cat in the paper may be
•made to anfwer feveral dififerent queftians,
as has been explained in other Recrea-
tions : and th« whole parcel of carde
may confift of queftions that may be an-
iwefed by one or other of the three divi-
JioDS in the papcr^
RECREATION XLVt.
^0 Produte tb? appearance of a fowerfrom
4ts ajhes,
MAKE a tin .box ABCD, Plate XII.
Fig. 4.) with a cover M, that takes
oiF. Let this box be fupported by the pe-
.deftal FGHI, of the fame metal, and on
which there is a little door L. in th«
front of this box is i<3 be a glafs, Q.
In a groove, at a Imall diftancc from O,
place a double glafs of the lame fort with
that in the laft Recreation. Between the
front and back glaiTes place a fmall upright
L 3 tin
,i.db,Goo^lc
150 RATIONAL
til) tube, fupported by the crofs-piccc p ,
hex. there be alfo a fmall chafindilh placed
it} the pedeilal FG H I. The box is to
be open behind. You privately place 4
flower in the tin tube R*, and prefenting
oiie that refembles it to any perfon -j-, dcr
iire him to burn it on fhe co^Is in the
chaiingdilhr
You then ftrew Ibme powjjer over the
coals^ which - may be fuppofed to aid the
afhes in producing the flower j and then
put the chafingdifii ia the pcdeftal, under
the box. As the heat by degrees melts
the compolition between the glafles, the
• This flower muft not be placed fo near the
f^ont glafs, as to make it in the leaft degree
vifible.
+ You may prefent fevcral flowers, and let the
perfon choofe any one of them. In this cafe
while he is burning the flower, you fetch the
box from another aparttnent, and at the fame time
pHt in a correfponding flower, which will make the
(UpCcioientftillmoEe farprillng.
^9WC|r
:dbvGoogIe
RECREATIONS. 151
flower will gradually appear, but when the
chafingdifh is taken away, and the power
of the alhes is fuppofed to be removed, the
flower foon difappsars.
RECREATION XLVII.
^0 produce fire by the mixture of two cal4
'T^AKE half a pound of pure dry nitre,
-*■ reduced to powder, put it in a retort
that is quite dry, add to it an equal quan-
tity of oil of vitriol highly reftified,
and diililling the mixture in a moderate
fand heat> it will yield a liquor in form of
a yellowjih Htme* which being caught in
f clean dry receiver, is the Spiritus tiitri
G/auhriarius. Now if to a dram of diir
tilled oil of cloves, faflafras, turpentine,
or caraways, contained in a glafs vefTel,
(here be added an equal quantity, or half
as much more, of the above fpirit, though
))Oth the bodies are perfedlly cold befortS
L 4 the
:dbvGoogIc
15? RATIONAL
the mixture, a violent flame will inftantly
ariie, ^n^ deftroy them, leaving only a
little refino-us matter at the bottom.
RECREATION XLVIII.
Artificial lightning,
PROVIDE a tin tube that is much
larger on one fide ^han the other, and
in which there are feveral holes. Fill
ihia tube vwith, rofin in powder, and when
it is fliook over the fiam^ of a toreh, ir
will produce a fudden . coruftation, that
ftrQngJy represents a fiaiK of lightning.
YoK are to observe that it is not the 6ams
itfelf that is to be feen, but its refie<Sion,
»s is pra^tifed at the theatres, and as hap-^
peost iot the moft part,, in nature *.
* It is after this manner that the flambeaux of
the furies on the ftage are conftrufted, except that
at the end of each of them there is a matcfi, dipped ,
Bi fpLrit o£ wine, by means of which it is oniy ne-*
ceiiary, to Jhakc them, aijd they will producp at fud*
4cii and very confiderable flame.
RECRE-
i:,GoogIe
RECREATIONS. 153
RECREATION XLViX.
Artijmal thunder.
'T^AKE a ftrong bottle that holds about
^ a quarter of a pint, in which put one
ounce of concentered fpirit of vitriol, and
adding to that two drachms of the filings
of iron, flop the bottle clofe. After a
ihort time ihake the bottle, and taking
out the cork, put a lighted candle near
the mouth of it, which ftiould be a little
inclined, apd there will prefcntly arifc an
inflammatioii, attended with a loud noife.
If yott are dpprehenfive of any mif-
chievous efFeifls from the burfting of the
bottle, you may furround it with a Arong
cloth : or you may put it on the ground
and light the vapour by a bougie, fixed to
the end of a long flick.
Another way of imitating thunder is,
by mixing three parts of faltpetre, two
parts
:dbvGoagIe
1J4 RAT 10 NAL
parts of fait of tartar, and two parts of
fulpHur, and putting the quantity of a
fmall nut in an iron ladle or fliovel, placQ
it over a coal fire. The explofion of jhi^ '
mixture will much refetnble a moderate
clap of thunder.
If you would produce a more violept
explofion, put an ounce or two of this
mixture in the (hovel» but then you mufl:
have a chafingdiih of hot coals, and plac-
ing it out of the houfe, ftand at a con-
fiderable diftance from it, and not go near
iti till the mattt;r be completely exploded,
or, what is better, till the fire be out. Ex-p
perimcnts of this nature flioiild, in ge-
neral, be conduflred with great caution,,
for an amufement of this kind would be
dearly bought with a wound in the face^
or the lofs of fight.
RECRE-
D,q,i,z.:d.,.CoogIc
RECREATIONS. isS
RECREATION L.
Jf&e prediSied earthquake and volcano*
_^RIND frefh iron filings, free from
\J ruft, with an equal quantity of pure
fulphur, for a long time, till the whole
be formed into a fine powder. This mix-,
ture kept in a dry air will continue cold
for any time, but if it be wrought up
with only as much fair water as will form .
it ipto a iliff pafte, the mafs will foon grow
warrji, fwell, heave, emit a thick fmoke,
and at lafl a fulphureous fire and fiame.
Therefore take about fifty pounds of the
above povyder, and burying it privately
ajjout a foot deep under the earth, you
inay fafely predijft that in about eight
hours time the ground will begin to heave
apd fwell, that it will feijd forth hot ful-
phureous ileams, and at laft, burfiitig into
Jpfc flames, will form a true volcano.
The
ib.Googk"'
156 RATIONAL
The pretended miracles of Mahorpet
and Haly* were, as Boerhaave obferves on
a fitnilar ioftaoce* mere trifles to this. If
any leader of a fed, a very few centuries
part, had been in pofleflion of this fecfet,
and had performed this miracle in con-
firmation of his ^oiSrine, the man who
had dared to dilbelieve it would have '
been regarded as a very hardened infidel
indeed 1
We fiiall here add the defcription of a
new method of imitating artificial fii:e-
■works, which appears to be the inventioa
of the ingenioBS M. Guyot.
To perfomi thefe recreaticais tff the
gieatefi: advantage* there are three circum-
ftances to be carefully ob&rvcd : the firft
is, the di^rent colours of the fire : the
fccond, is the manner of cwtting out ihe
ieveral figuces^ and the tlmd, the direc-
tion of the motion of each piece, whe-
ther it be fwift or flow, ftrait or circular.
Arti-
D,g,l,;.d.,C00gIC
...J
RECREATIONS. 157
Artificial fireworks may be reduced to
four princifKil colours. The firfl is that
of jets of fire* which is of a clear white •
the fecond is that erf fuch jets aff are of a
yellow or gold colour : the third is that of
ferpents or rockets, which is very bright,
and.(^ a light blue caft * : and the fourth
is that o£ a colour inclining to red, and
is commonly afed in cafcades of fire.
The vivacity of the fire being imitated,
by the rays of light that fall upon tranlpa-
rent paper -j-, as we ftiall ihow hereafter,
the papei is to be ilained with difierent
colours. For the firft fort of fire it is left
of its natural colour: for the fecond an
infufion of iafiron may be ufed, made
more or lefs ftrong : for the third a light
tinfture of Pruflian blue : and for the
* There is another fort of fire of a ftronger
blue, of which cyphers and emblems arc formed*
and which is placed on the centers of funs.
t The paper fliould be quite thin, and after it
h coloured, may be made more tranfparent by being
dipped in, or rubbed over with dear oil.
fourth
:dbvGoogIe
t58 RATIONAL
fourth, a fmall quantity of carmine may m
put in the faifron water juft mentioned.
If among thefe fireworks you would have
ibme parts that are tranfparent, and thro'
which other parts are to be feen, you muft
ufe for the tranfparent parts a paper that is
thicker than the other, that the latter may
appear with a due degree of fuperior luf-
tre : for in thefe exhibitions it is from a jult
mixture of light and {hade that the nioft
pleating effefts are produced.
RECREATION Lt
To imitate a jet de feu, column, globe, of
pyramid of fire.
'TpAKE a paper that is blacked on both
■*■ -fides *, and of a proper fizc iot the
figure you intend to exhibit, for example, .
* Inftead of black, the paper may be coloured
on each fide with a deep blue, which will be ftill
better for fuch as arc to be fcon through tranfpa-K
Knt papers.
that
ib,GoogIe
RECREATIONS. 159
that of Fig. I, or 2. Plate X. In this paper
Cut out with a penknife feveral fpaces 6»
beginning from the point A; and with a
piercer make a great number of holes, rather
long than round, and at no regular dif-
tance from each other : obferving, how-
ever, that they-muft form right lines from
the point A, as is clearly expreflld in the
figures, the parts engraved being chofe that
are to be cut out.
To rcprefent revolving pyramids and
globes, fuch as Fig. 3, and 4. the paper
muft be cut through with a penknife, and
the fpace cut out between each fpiral
fliould be three or four times as wide as
the fpirals themfelves. You muft obferve
to cut them in the fame form reprefented
in the figures, that the pyramid or globe
may appear to turn on its axis. The co-
lumns that are reprefented in pieces of
architefture, or in jets of fire, muft be cut
in the fame manner, if they are to be re-
prefented as. turning on their axes.
In
Digillz.d.XlOO^IC
i6o RATIONAL.
In like manner may be exhibited a
great variety of ornaments, cyphers, and
medallions, which when properly co-
loured cannot fail of producing a moft
pleafmg effeft *.
When thefe pieces are drawn on' A large
fcale, the architcdture or omartlents ifiay be
fliaded j and to rcpreicnt different Ihades,
pieces of coloured paper muft be parted
over each other, which will produce an
cfFeft that would not be expcfted from
tranfparent paintings. Five or fix pieces
of paper pafted over each othcrvill be fuf-
-ficient to reprefeht the flrongeft fliades. '
To give thefe pieces - the different mo-
tions they require, you muft firft confider
the nature of each piece : if, for example
you have cut oat the figure of the fun,
as PI. X. Fig. 5- or of a ftar as Fig. 6.
* There fliotill not be a very great direriity of
colours, as that would otn produce ^tfaw moft ag^cc-
abk appeuaucc.
you
D,g,l,;.d.,C00gIC
RECREATIONS. i6t
yon muft conftrud: a wire wheel of th&
fame diameter with thoEt pieces> in the
manner reprefentcd in Fig. 7. * over this
wheel you pafte a very thin paper, on
which is drawn, with thick black ink, the
fpiral figure reprefented by Fig. 8. The
wheel thus prepared is to be placed behind
the fun or l^ar, in fuch manner that its
axis may bo exatftly oppofite the center
of cither of thofe figures. This wheel
may be turned by any method you think
proper.
Now, the wheel being placed diredlly
behind the fu», for example, and very
near to it, is to be turned regularly round,
and ftrongly illuminated by candles placed
trahind it. The lines that form the
fpiral will then appear, through the fpaces
cut out from the fun, to proceed from its
center to its circumference, and will rc-
* This wheel js made of wire, that its radii,
by being fniall, may not intercept the light that is
to be placed behind it.
Vol. IV. M fcmble
ii^dbyGoO^IC
l6z RATIONAL
femble fparks of fire that inceffantly
iiicceed each other. The fame effeft will
be produced by the ftar, or by any other
figure where the fire is not to appear
as proceeding from the circumference of
the center.
Thefe two pieces, aa well as thafc that
follow, nray be of any fizc, provided you
obfervc the proportion between the parts
of the figure and the ipiral, which muft
be wider in larger figures than in fmall.
If the fun,, for example, have from fix to
tvfclvc inches diameter, the width of the
Arok.es that form the fpiral need not be
more than one-twentieth part of an inch,
and the fpaces between them, that forqi
the tranfparcnt parts, about two-tenths of
an inch. If the fun be two feet diameter,
the ftrokes (hould be one eighth of aii
inch, and the fpace between one quarter
of an inch j and if the figure be fix feet
diameter, the ftrokes fhould be one quarter
of an inch, and the fpaces five twelfths of
ixibyGotigle
RECREATIONS. 163
an inch. Thefe pieces hare a pleafing
effed when reprcfentcd • of a fmall fize,
but the deception is more ftriking when ,
they are of large dimenfion3.
It will be proper to plade thefe plecoei
when of a Cnall fize, in a box, quite clofe
on every fide, that none of the light may
be ditfiifed in the chamber : for which
purpole it will be convenient to have a tin
door behind the box, to which the candle-
fticks may be foldered, and the candles
more eafily lighted.
The feveral figures cut out fliould be
placed in frames, that they may be put*
alternately, in a groove in the fore part
of the box : or there may be two groove*,
that the fccond piece may be put in bc-
fiwe the firft is taken out. The wheel
muft be carefully concealed from the eye
qf the fpeflator.
M a Whcra
i:,GoogIc
i64 R A T I O K A L
Where there is. ao opportani^c^ re*
prefenting thefe artiBcial fires by a hole
nade in a partition . they wtH doafodefi
have a much more ftriking cffe&, as the
ipedator cannot then conjcfture by what
means they are produced.
To reprefent fires that flow Scouk lAit
circumference to the center, at B, B, tec.
(PI. X. Fig. 9.) apd at iha (Ume tioic
ethers that fiow from the center to die
circumference, as A, A, &c. yon mni:
conftruit the double fpiral reprefented by
the 2orh %urc of the faAe yA^e.
Whert this wheel is plaeed behind
Fig. 9, the coneentfic fpiral A, Fig. 1<J.
being oppofite the parts A, Fig. 9. the
fire will appear to iffue from the cenlAr,
as before : but the parts agaioft tfac e»-
centric fpiral of the wheel B, Fig. 10.
which are thofe marked B> in Fig. 9. will
appear
ib,GoogIc'
,.,Gooslc'-^>f •)
i -I
L,g,i,z.d.,CoogIc
RECREATIONS. 165
appear to move from the circumference to
the center.
It is eafy to conceive that by extending
lAas method^ wheels maj be conftruifted
with three or four fpirals, to ^Hiich may
tie given difiereat direi^ioas, as in Plate
XI. Fig. i. where is drawn, on the
'tvonfpftFent piece, the ^Irals that are pro-
per to ^»rodace, not only jets de feu, b«t
alio fmall pyramids, as .A, A,.£cc. which
will appear to torn on their centers. It
irmanifeft alio, that on the fame prin-
opie, a great varie^ of tranfparent figures
may, be contrived, anjl wbteh may be all
placed before the fame fpiral lines.
.M3 RECRE-
ixibvGoogle
i66 RATIONAL
RECREATION LII.
To rejrefent cqfcades of fire,
T N eiittlng out cafcades you tnuft take
^ care to preferve a natural inequality in
the parts cut out, as is cxprefled in Plate
XI. Fig. 3. for if, to faye time, you
ihould make- all the holes with the fame
pointed tool, ' the unifc^mity of the parts
■will not fail to produce a difagreeable ef-
fcd. As thefe cafcadea are very pleafing
when well executed, fo they arc highly
difguftful when imporfcft. Thcfcare the
moft difficuh pieces to cut out.
To produce the apparent motion of theic
cafcades, inftead of drawing a fpiral, you
muft have a flip of ftrong paper as ABCD,
(PI. XI. Fig. 2.) 'of fuch length as you
judge convenient. In this paper there
jnuft be a great number of holes, near
each other, and made witlj pointed tools
of different dimcniions.
At
U.,g,l,;.d.,C00gIC'
RECREATIONS. 167
At each end of the paper a part, of the
fame fize with the cafcade, mull be left
uncut : and toward thofe parts the holes
muft be made at a greater diftftnce from
each other, u is-exprcffed in the figure.
This paper is to be fixed, by its two
extremities, to the two rollers A and
B, Fig. 3.
When the cafc^e that is cat out is
placed before the fcroll of paper juft men-
tioned, and it is entirely wound upon the
fol^r A, the part of the paper that is then
between A and B, being quite opaque, no
part of the cafcade will be vifible. But as
the winch D is turned gently and regularly
round, the tranfpareiit part of the paper
proceeding from A to B, will give to the
cafcade the appearance <Sf fire that de-
fccnds in the fame dire<3:ion ; and the il-
lufion will be fo ftrong that the Ipc<Sators
will think they fee a cafcade of fire ; efpc-
cialiy if the figure be judiciouQy cut out.
M 4 A caf-
qiiiz.d ..Google
i68 RATIONAL
A caicade may be alfo tolerably well
ocecuted by a (piral> in the manner ex-
preiTed in Fig. 4 ; but the roller is more
eligible. The paper being totally rolled
on B, the part between A aad B will be
quite opaque ; therefore the caicade may
be then taken away, and anorher piece,
which reprefents Hre that afcends, as a
jet, may be placed in its room : and thus
the pieces may be alternaliely, and conti-
nually changed.
BECREATION LIU.
Jmrnitatrve iUuminations.
ON a" vejy ftrong double paper, whole
backfide is blacked with foot, dif-
folved in brandy^ and to which a little
gum arabic is added, you muft firft paiiit
the draught of the illuminaticu: youintcnd
to reprefent in miniature, and mark the
cxad place of the forcral lamps and other
parts that ounpoie it. Then take piercers
of different fizes, with which make holes
g,l,;.d.,C00glc
ib,Goo^lc
„l,;.d.,C00gIC
RECREATIONS. i^
in the ptfpers, in fuch ferm us £baU
tepn&at the flame of a lamp or other
body. If the lamps are fi^poled to be
all in a line, you nuH u& the Sneiit
piercers for the fmajleft lamps, and the
larger for the greateA : but if the parts
of the illumination be fuppofed at dif-
ferent diftancee, thea the fine piercers
are to be ufed for thofe parts that are
moft <iifbar)t» and the holes muft be nearer
together, in proportibn to the diftance. If
there be objedts in front perpendicular to -
th* point of view, you muft aCe piercers
vrhoiff diameto-s decreafc infenfibly, and
iqftke the holes oonbnually clofer, in pro-
portion as the extremities of the front ans
more diftaot. It is not material, in this
cafe, whether the points be clofe together,
provided the perfp;;ftive be obferved.
^ When the piece is completely cut out*
you place behind this double paper one
that is very thin ; obferving to colpur the
parls chat ^e to appear the mofl: difiant
with
:d=,GoogIe
I70 R A T I O N A t
with a little carmine diluted in water •»,
It is then to be placed in a box, and ftrong-
ly illuminated behind by feveral candles
or lamps, placed at equal -diflances from
c^ch otheri that all the parts may be equally
illuminated -f- ; for otherwife the illu-
fion will not be complpte. The front of
the paper fliould be alfo illuminated with
a faint light, fuch as is juft fufficient to
fliow the pieces of archiiefture that may
be painted on it.
After the manner above defcribed} prints
alft»> of every kind, may be cut out, and
placed in any optical machine, excyt
fuch as have an inclined mirror, for there
the print being naturally placed in a ho-
* This circumftance is neceflary, for the more
diftant natural illuminations arc, the more red
ihcy appear.
■[ The candles fliould be placed not clofc to the
paper, but at five or fix inches diftancc, and if they
do not produce a light fufSciently ftrong, you may
place more. It will be proper to line the box
with tin, as that will rcflcft the light on the piece.
rizontal
U.,g,l,;.d.^C00gIC
RECREATIONS. 174
riZontal dire^ion, it will be difficult to il-
luminate it fufficiently to produce any re-
markable elfeft. If you ■ are deiirous,
however, of making an experiment with
a print in a horizontal portion, inftead of
placing a tranfparent paper behind it, you
mud put one that is gilt, which is to ap-
pear through the parts cut out. A print
thus prepared, when a jlrong light is
thrown upon it, will reprcfent an illiuni-
mtioa tolerably, well.
APPEN-
i:,Goo^lc
bvGoogle
A P P E N D I X.
Several of the Recreations in tlus Appen-*
dix have, in faA, but little relation to
experimental phtlofophy, elpccially
thofethat depend on a dexterous manceu-
vre ; but as experiments c^ this kind
are commonly ^und in books of ma-
ihenuttical recreations, it feemed requi-
fite to infert fome of the moil entertain-
ing among them at the end of this
treatiie.
g,l,;.d.,C00gIC
D,q,i,z.:d=,.GoogIe
RECREATIONS. 175
*
CHYMICAL TRANSMUTATIONS.
AMONG the moft pleafing as well as
furprifing phenomena of nature, may
be juftly ranked the tranfmutations pro-
duced by chymiftry, efpecially thofe of
colours ; and recreations of this kind are
the more pleafing» as they are^ for tho
moft f^t, eafily executed.
RECREATION LIV.-
^ran/colourations^
np AKE antimony and grind it to a pow-
der, and it will become black. Let
it be calcined with aqua regia, and it will
beofagreenini )«llow; white, red, yel-
low, greenifh, and black, when fublimed
with lal ammoniac ; of an uniform red,
when freed frorrt its ialt by water ; but
white when fixed with thrice its weight
of nitre. Thus 'you have almoft all the
colours in one folid body. Mercury dil^
folved
D,g,l,;.d.,C00gIC
i7« RATIONAt
folved by aqua fortis, and ^IHUed in a
glafs rttort, affords Kkcwife, m different
parts pf the gla&, a variety of eolouxs.
To make a gpld cdoar by mixing a
nmpid liquor with a grey powder : pour
hot dkohot on fulphur melted with fixed
alkalK then ground and heated. To
change this gold coloured liquor ioto one
of the colour of milk, by pouring it imo
a clean glafs ; let the glafs be previouOy
rinced with oil of vitriol*
To turn an almoft limpid liquor blue :
poor ipirit of ^ amrnoniac to a folution
of verdigreafe in vinegar, and dilute it
with water till it be almoft limpid. To
tcuD that blue liquor pei^ucid, add acid to
it, 1a^ the acid predominate.
To turn a very green liqBor of a beau-
tiful violet colour : to a hi^ green ib-
hition of copper io vinegar, drop Spirit
of
:dbvGoogIe
kECREATlONg, 177
q( fal amt9oniac> tilt the alkali predo-
. ininate.
To turn a blue into a beautiful grceni
*ro a rich folution of copper in fpirit of
fal ammoniac, add vinegar, or any other
acid, till the acid preponderate*
To produce numerous blues and greens,
between a deep blue and a deep green i
put a ilrong and hot folution of copper
in fal ammoniac, into a cleaii cylindrical
glafs, and add thereto, flowly, fpirit of
nitre» drop by drop. A different colour,
between the two degrees, will appear upon
' the addition of each drop.
Vol. IV. N kE-
q,i,z.:d=,.Goo^lc
!;€ RATIONA!!^
RECREATION LV.
To make a cohurlefs liquor blacky by pour-
ing it into a clean gkfs.
13 INSE a clean hot glafs in a ftrong
*■ *■ folution of the vitriol of iron j then
pour into it a warm infufion of bruifcd
white galls in f^ir water, made fo wpak
as fearce to afford any colour. This black
mixture is initantly made. Inflead of galls
you may ufe red rofes, pomegranate bark,
or tea, fage, or oak leaves.
RECREATION LVI.
To turn a pellucid liquor black, hy adding t*
it a white powder.
"pUT a hot weak pellucid infufion of
-^ galls into a glafs, throw into it a grain
of the vitriol of iron calcined to whlte-
nefs, and heated : this, as it falls,
snakes a black cloud, that diifufes itfelf
through
q,i,z.:d=,GoogIe
RfiCREAtlONS. 170
through the tranfparent liquor in a pleaf*
ing manner, and gradually turns it black
all round.
The fame may be done with a pellucid
drop: by putting a fingle drop of the
aqueous folution of the vitriol of iron into
the hot folutton of galls;
The fame effcdt may alfo be produced
by the addition of a little yellow or red
powder i in the firft inftance by ufing vi-
triol calcined to a yellow colour j and in
the other> by the colcothar of vitriol cal--
cined to rednefs. To produce the fame
effeft by a drop of gold coloured liquor*
ufe the golden tinfhire made with the red
calx of the vitriol of iron> and the dulci-^
fied fpirit of fait.
In all thefe experiments, while the
liquor is changing from limpid to deep
black, there arife almoft innumerable
N a ' fijades>
q,i,z.:d.,Goo^lc
i»o RATIONAL
fhades, or intermediate degrees of darfe-
ncfs, which at laft: all terminate in black.
The black liquor produced in all the
preceding cafes, may be rendered pellu-
cid again, by pouring the Uqcor hot into
a glafs rinfed with the pure oil of vitriol,
which attrafts the iron. But the black
liquor made with the. calx of iron remains
fomewhat r«ddi|h, while it tends to tranf-
parency.
To make this tranfparent liquor black
again, pour to it as much hot oil of tar-
tar per deliquium, as vfill iaturate theacid
that has attra<fled the metallic matter.
This is attended with an efferverfcencc,
which at the fame time reduce?, de-
ftroys, and regenerates, viciffitudes of co-
lours, which is beft perceived by letting
the alkaline liquor fall in at fevcral times,
but with a quick motion.
Laftly,
i:,GoogIe
r
RECREATIONS. i8i
Laftly, if afufficient quantity of acid be
added to the black liquor thus regenerated,
fo as to abolifh the alkali, the whole will
become pellucid again ; and thus black-
nefs may be reciprocally deftroyed or re-
ftored. Hence alfo appears the furprifing
power of a metal to produce blacknefs,
and how little matter is required to the
produftion of colours-
RECREATION LVII.
Tci produce different colours by pouring a
limpid liquor in a clean glfifs- .
TAKE a ftrong folution of mercury
made with fpirit of nitre j dilute it
with water, and pour it into a hot glaft
. rinfed in a ftrong Jpirit of fca fait, and it
will become coloured. A very dilute fo-
lution of filver, made in fpirit of nitre
poured into a glafs prepared in the man-
ner juft mentioned, or the oil ofantimony ^
poured into a glafs rinfed in hot water,
Wfill have the, fame eifed.
. . N 3 To
ii^dbyGoO^IC
i83 RATIONAL
To produce an orange colour, pour hoi
water upon new made crocus metallorum,
and put it into a clean glafs rinfed with
any acid.
RECREATION LVIII.
^be colour that appears and Ufappears ly.
the influence of the air.
PUT irtto a decanter volitile fpirit'in
which you have diffolved copper
filings, and you will have a fine blue
tindture. If the bottle be flopped the cot
lour will prefently difappear, but when it
is unftopped the colour will foon return ;
and this experiment may be repeated ^
greater number of times,
STMPA--
:dbvGoogIc
RECREATIONS. 183
SYMPATHETIC INKS.
BY fympathic inks « means thofc
forts of liquors with which any chi-
rafters being wrote they remain invifiblev
till fome method is ufed to give them a
colour. Thefe liquors are divided into-
five claiTes, and that with refpedt to the
means ufed to make them vifible.
The firft clals of diefe inks are fuch as
J>ecome viable by pafling another liquor
over thedi, or by expofing them to the va^
pour of that liquor.
The fecond are thofe that do not ap-
pear fo long as they are kept dole, but
become foon villble on being expofed to
the air.
The third are fuch as are made apparent
by ftrewing or fifting fome very fine pow-
der, of any colour, over them.'
N 4 The
_, Cookie
i8+ RATIONAL
The fourth arc thofe that will not b^
vifible till they have been expoftd to the
fire, or heated.
The fifth, like the fourth, appear by
heat> but difappear again when the paper
becomes cold, or has had a fufHcient time
to imbibe the moiilure of the air.
^be compofitiom of thejirji clafs ofthefe inks^
Impregnation of Saturn. ^
Put litharge of lead into ftrong diftilled
vinegar, and let it fl;and for twenty-four
hours. Then llrain it off, and let it rcT
main till quite fettled. Prefervc this li-
quor in a bottle.
Difiblve orpiment in water of quick
lime*, either by a (and heat, or by fetting
* Put in a pint bottle two ounces of quick lime,
one ounce of orpiment in powder, and as much
water as will rife two or three fingers above them.
When the diffplution is made, pour the liquor
gently off.
the
i:,Goo^lc
RECREATIONS. 185^
the bottle ill the fun for two or three days,
obferving to turn it five or fix times each
day *,
In preparing thefe liquors you muft
take care that they have no communica-
tion ; for the vapour of the latter is fuffi-
cicnt to deftroy the limpidity of the other,
^nd thereby render it unfit for ule.
When the letters wrote by the firft li-
quor are expofed to the vapour of the fe-
cond, they become prcfently vifible. If
you would have them difappear again, you
muft draw a fpongc or pencil, dipped in
aqua fortis, or fpirit of nitre, over them.
}f after this you would have them appear
again, let the paper be quite dry by the "
air, and then pafs the vivifying liquor,
that is, the difiblution of orpiment, over
them again.
• Thf vapour of this liqu,or Ihould be kept
^om th^ mouth, as it is highly pernicious.
Another
ii^dbyGoO^IC
i86 RAT I O NAL.
Another ink of this clafs.
Diflblve bifmuth in the nitrous acid.
The letters wrote with this ink will be-
come quite black by being expofed to the
vapour of the liver of fulphur, which is
of fo penetrating a nature that it will aft
upon the ink through a quire of paper, or
even the flight partition of a room.
Sympathetic gold ink.
Put as much gold into a fmall quanti^
of aquaregia as it will difiblve, and then
dilute it with two or three times as much
- difiilled water.
Diffolve, in a ieparate veflel, fine pew-
ter in aqua regia, and when it is well ia-
turated, add to it an equal quantity of dif-
tilled water.
Let the charadcrs you write with the
diffolution of gold become quite dry, m
the
:dbvGoogIe
RECREATIONS. tBy
the Aiade, and they will not appear for
the firft fcven or eight hours. ' Dip a pen-
cil, or fmall fine fponge, in the diflblution
of pewter, and drawing it lightly over the
invifible charafters, they will prefcntly
appear of a purple colour.
The extraordinary effeft of this fympa-
thetic ink is an exception to th? general
chymical principles, for we here fee two
metallic fubftances change their colour
by mixture, without any apparent fermen--
tation,
The purple colour of the letters may be
effaced, by wetting them with aqua re-_
gia ; and it may be produced a fecond time
by paffing the diffolution of pewter over
them again. This difiblution of gojd in
aqua regia, as well as ^at of filver in the
nitrous acid, being diluted by a fufficient
quantity of water, will likewife ferve to
write letters that will difappear when they
feecoine dry, i£ i^ey be carefully kept
froiQ
ixi by Google
i8S RATIONAL
from the open air; but will be vifible
after being expofed an- hour or two to the
fun or the fire.
Another fympathetk ink.
Diflblve green vitriol in common wa-
ter, and add a fmall quantity of nitrous
acid, to prevent that yellowifh precipita-
tion that will otherwife be formed. The
charaftcrs wrote in this diffojution with a
new pen will be invifible,
Infufe in water, or white wine, fmall
Aleppo galls, lightly bruifed *. At the end
of two or three days pour the infufion
cleanly off. By drawing a pencil dipped
in this infufion over the letters wrote with
the laft diflblution, they will appear of a
beautiful black,^ efpccially if the infufion
be ftrong.
♦ You may put three-iburths of a pint of water
or wine to two ounces of galls.
The
Diqilii^dbyGoOglc
RECREATIONS. 189
The letters wrote willi the laft diflbtu- .
tion vr'iW become a fine blue, if they be
wetted with water faturated with PniiEaii
blue : and letters wrote with this water,
which will be invilible> will likewife turn
to a fine blue, by being wetted with the
above diflblution. ;
RECREATION LIX.
'it&e book of fate.
MAKE a book of fevcnty or eighty
leaves, and in the cover at the end
of it let there be a cafe, which opens
next the binding* that it may not be per-
ceived.
At the top of each right hand page write
any queftion you pleaie, and at the be-
ginning of the book let there be a table
of all thofe quefUons, with the number of
the page where each is contained. Then
write with common ink, on feparate pa-
pers, each about half the fize of the pages
,i.db,Goo^lc
IpA RATIONAL
in the book, the Came qiuftions that zii
in the book, and under each of them write^
mth the ink made of the impregnation of
fatuni, or the diiToluticHi of bifmuth, the
anfwer.
Soak a double paper in the vivifying
ink made of quick lime and orpiment, or
the phlogifton of the liver of fulphur, and
place it, juft before you make the cxperi-'
ment, in the cafe that is in the cover of
the book.
Then deliver fome of the papers on
which the queftions are wrote to the com-*
pany, and after they have chofe fuch as
they would have anfwered> they put them
in thofe leaves where the fame queftions
are contained, and fhutting the book for
a few minutes, the fulphureous fpirit with
which the paper in the cover of the book
is imbibed, will penetrate the leaves, and
make the anfwers vifible, which will be
of a brown colour, and more or lefs deep
g,i,;.d.,CoogIe
M-
RECREATIONS. 191
in proportion to the time the book hat
been clofed *.
RECREATION LX.
^be marvelhis fortrmt.
AKE a box about four inches long,
' and three wide, as A B C D, (Plate
XII. Fig. 5.) and quite ihallow. Let it
ihut with hinges and faften with a hook 1
and let it haye two bottoms, the loweft of
wood, that draws out by a groove, and the
uppermofi: of pafteboard. Between theic
two bottoms is to be placed a paper dipped
in the vivifying ink mentioned in the laft
Recreation. Let there be alfo a board of
the fame fize with the infide of the bear,
which being placed in it may prefs a pa-
per againil the palleboard bottom.
Then take feveral pieces of paper,' pf
the fame fi?e with the infide of the box,
* If % weight be placed upon the book the *f-
fcft will be the fooncr producsd. Or yoU may
put thfl boofc \v^\ box th^ will prefs it dofe down
and
_,CoogIc
j^a R A T I O N A t
and draw on them th? figures of men ana
women, in different attitudes, and employ-
mentSj as walking, riding, reading, writ-
ing, &c. Thefe figures muft be drawn
with a new pen or pencil^ dipped in the
impregnation of faturn.
Being thus provided, and having pti*
vatcly placed the paper dipped in the vivi-
fying ink between the two bottoms, you
tell a perfon you will fhow him what an
abfent friend of his is doing at the prefent
botir. You then give him the paper a-
dapted to the employment you intend, and
teW him to write his friend's name at the
bottom, that you may not change the paper.
Then placing that paper next the palte-
board bottom, and putting the piece of
wood over it, youfhutthe box. After a-
mufing him with difcourfe for three oi*
four minutes, you take out the paper, when
he will fee his friend in the employment
- you have affigned him.
RECRE-
g,l,;.d.,C00gIC
kECREATIONS. 19'j
t'
RECREATION LXL
^be artificial band.
ET a workman make a han^ of wood,'
-L-' (Plate XII. Fig. 6.) fixed at the end
Aext the elbow to the piece E, the ends
of which go through the fcrews C F and
D G. The fore and middle fingers, and
the thumb, are to be naoveable at their
joints. There muft go a wire through
the arm, that is fixed at one end to the
fore finger; and at the other to the piece
E, round which it is to move : under the
two joints Qf- the two fingers are alfo
placed two fmall fp'rings, which are to'
r^ile it up.
To the fore finger and thumh fix two'
faiall rings, through which a pen may be
put, fo as' not to impede their motion.
Under the arm, at the point I, place a fmall
brafs roller; Which ferveis to fijftain the arm-
Vol. IV. O the
:dbvGoogIe
i94 RATIONAL
The pcdcftal on which this hand is placed
muft be at leaila foot long, ifthehandbe
of the natural ilze> and about eight inches
wide. This pedeftal muft be hollow, and
at the part S T there muft be an opening
about three inches long and two inches
wide J the whole pedeftal may be covered
with a thin ftuff, by which the hole will be
concealed. There is to be a valve, or fort of
trap-door, on the infide of the pedeftal,
which is to fatten againft the opening.
Over the hand and pedeftal place a glafs
frame, as in the figure : cover the hand
with fine leather of flefli colour, and de-
corate the arm with a ruffle and cuff, which
will entirely conceal the machinery.
Then take a number of cards and write
on them different queftions, and on the
fame number of papers write, with the
impregnation of faturn.the anfwers. Give
the cards to any one, and let him choofe
a queftion, and you place the paper with
the
„l,;.d.,C00<ilC-
kECREATIONS. 195
the anfwer under the pen in the hand, let-
ting him firft fee there is no writing on
it *. Now the pedeftal being placed a-
gainft a partition, the end F is to go thro"
it. Therefore an affiftant, upon a fignal
given^ turns a handle fixed to F, and as
piece £ turns round the wires that moves
the fingers and thumb are alternately
lengthened and fhortened, by which their
joints are kept in continual motion j and
the fcrew at the fame turning gently
from F towards G, gives the whole arm
a motion which very much reiembles that
of nattire -f.
• A paper dipped in the vivifying liquor is to be
^revioufly placed againft tfa* opening in the tablcj
and fuppOTted by the txap-door.
t This might be perfonried without an affiftaiit,
by means of i trigger jilaced in the leg of the table,
and communicating with the handles, which the .
bperator might thruft down with his foot. Whcf^
txpencc is not regarded, tllcre may be a complete
figure of a man in wood, or plaifter of Paris, feat-
«d by the able.*
O 2 The
g,l,;.d.,C00^lc
i^e RAT I-OTJ A V:
The hand and pen ferve here merely to
aflift the Ulufion r »if if a bit of fpongc,
dipped in the vivifying ink, be placed at
the end of the pen, as it goes 'ovet thff
writing or the paper> it will make it be-
come gradually vifible, and in this cafo
the trap door and. dipped paper may be
omitted *v
Sympathetic inks g/" the fieoni clafi^
The fympathctic ink of gold, of which
TTC have already given the compofitioo, is
alfo of this clafs ;. for without palling the
diflblution of copper over it, whui it i»
only cxpofed.to the air an hour or two it
becomes by degrees of a deep vicdet cs&-
Jour, that nearly appraache? Uack. --■:
* Yoti may aUb have a gl3& ink-ftand, wide
fomc of the viTifying ti^uor. Into wbicb. d}e pen
may be dipped, and it wiJl then appear to write-
with commwi ink. The fpcflators fhouid not be
permitted to corns very sear this machiae, vhidfr
nay be applied to levcial other p«i;pa&5.
Bst
:dbvGoogIe
RECREATIONS. 197
But if inftead of expofing it to the air,
^04 k<ep the paper on which it is wrote
in Sk boK ihtUt cloie, of wr^ up in an-
other paper, it wilt femain invifiWe for
Ihree ot ^r- months, -bat after that time
it will become of a deep violet colour *.
Sympathetic Jiher ink,
... Diflblve fine filver in aqua fortis, and
^ter the diiTolution add fome diftilled wa-
ter, ia the iame manner as in the gold
ink. What is wrote with this ink will
O'emain invilible for three or four months,
if it be kept (Juite clofe frona the air, but
will appear in an hour if expofed to the
iuHj and win be of a grey colour, like that
oi a Hate,
Under this lecond clafs of iympathetics,
xn3^ be alfo- included feveral other diJ3b-
lutious of metai^,, fuch as. lead, by vinegar,
■ * ifmwtiiingitmakejielibw fpots on the pa-
'Htr,y<tuit^iftadd''f^'^ a li[tie common vratcr.
'P ? copper
:dbvGoogIc
198 R A T I O N AI.
copper by aqua fortis, which gives the eo-<
lour of tan on the paper j. pewter by ^iqua
regia; ei^ery and certain pyrite^^ in fpirit
of fait ; mercury in aqua fortis ; or iron
by vinegar. Each of thefe dilTolutions
expofed to the air have a particular colourj
but they have the dif^greeable quality of
fotting th^ paper, fo that after a certain
time the charaflers appear like holes, in
the fame manner as if they had been cut
out i they are therefore fit only for extemT
pore recreations.
RECREATION LXII,
'The •writing agmnft the watt,
TAKE feveral pieces of paper, of a fize
tliat you can put in any book that
will go into your pocket, and write at the
top of each of them a qucftion, with com-
mon ink, and under it write the anfwer
with the gold or filverinkjuft mentioned,
pive any one of thefe papers, clofely wrapt
U.,g,l,;.d.,C00gIC
RECREATIONS. 199
up, to a perfon, and tell him to place it
againft: the wall of his chamber, and keep~
ing the door locked he will next day find
the anfwer wrote on it.
As the gold ink will fometimes give a
yellow caft to the paper, you may previ-
ouily give a flight tinfture of that kind
to the papers you ufe for this purpofe.
RECREATION LXIII,
'^he tdtfman
MAKE a little triangular box, (Plate
XII. Fig. 7.) each fide of which is
to be about five inches, and let its infide
be divided into three parts. The firft
part A, which makes the bottom of the
box, is to be covered by the fecond part
B, in form of a cafe, and let the top C,
exailly cover the part B j as is exprefled in
the figure and the profiles.
O 4 Upon
g,i,;.d.,Goo^lc
?po RATIONAL
Upon the bottom of the box let there Ijs
a plate of copper, about onc-twcnticth of
an inch thick, on which let there be a numi»
■her of hieroglyphic c^Jtradlers, contl'?.
guous to each other, and cut in different
forts of metal.
On the top of the coyer place a knob
p, that goes through it, and to which
the copper triangle QJs to -be fixed occa-
fionally, in fuch manner as it rpay go into '
the cafe B. There muft be a fpace of one
quarter of an inch b«tween the triangle Qj_
and the bottom of the cafe B j into which
another plate of copper, of that thickne&,
may be placed.
Theoutfide of this talifman inaybedcT
corated with uncommon figures or charac-
ters, to give it the appearance of greater
myftery. "
On feyeral pieces of papef, of the fem^
|ize with the infide of the talifman,, write
"' *'--' '■ dif:
u.,g,i,;.d.,CoogIe
q,i,z.:d=,Goo^Io^
giiiz.d ..Google
RECREATIONS. «oi
^iffer^at iiueilioQ&, in coqimon ink> and
yfTite thfi anfwers in thofe different forts
of fympathetic ink, that appear when
heated, obferving that each word of th^
anfwcF is to be wrote in a dideredt
ink*.
Having properly heated the triangl?,
and placed it under the cover, you intro-
duce the talifman, and tell any one of the
company to choofe one of the papers on
>vhich the qiieftions are wrote, and place
it in the talifman, and he will immediate-
ly have an anfwer wrote gn that paper, the
word? of jvhich jvill be q£ different co-
lour?, Recording to the different metals of
which the taliiman is compofed. The
paper being placed in the talifman, and
the cov«r placed over it, the heat of the
Jriangle will make tho apfwer vifiblo in a
few moments. This Recreation may be
repeated if the triangle be njade fufficl-
* The inks proper for this purpofe will be de-
fcriM forther on.
cntly
g,l,;.d.,C00gIC
ao? RATIONAL
ently hot } and t\vo papers may be placed
' in the talifman at the iame time.
This Recreation, when well executed,
•ccalions a furprize that cannot be conceiv-
ed by a mere defcription.
RECREATION LXIV,
MAKE a wooden pedeftal A B, (PI.
XIII. Fig. I .) about ten inches long,
eight wide, and one deep : and at one.
«id ercA a box C, about ten inches high,
eight broad, and two £^nd a half deep.
The top of the pedeftal iQuft Hide in a
groove, on which infcribe a dial M, of fix
inches diameter, which is to be divided
into nineteen parts; in twelve of which
write the names of the months, and
marlc the refpeflive iigns of ' the zodiac,
and jn the feven other divifions, whi^
muft
:dbvGooglc
RECREATIONS. 3P3_
muft be jQcxt the end B, write the days
of th^ \yeek, and mark the figures of the
planets. Next th? inner circle N O* make
an opening intp the box of about one-
tenth of an inch. On the'eentef of xh.^
dial, place an index M^ that turns freely on
^is cei^tflr, . ;
Within the pedeftal place a puUey P, a--
^out foqr inches diameter* which is to turn
911 an axis that is dire^lyunderthe center
of the dial, and on the upper part of that
' axis fix a bent index R, which comes out
3t the openjng piade by the inner, circle*,
and paiTes over thofe feven divifions only^
on which are wrote the days of the week".
Within the box C, let there be two
rollers S and T, as in the figure : let that
of S contain a fpring, and at the end of T
'et there be a pulley V of three quarters of
9n indi diameter, round which goes a Uring
* If the av9 be nude to pafi through the top
pf the pedeftalf this opening will not be neccflary.
:dbvGoogIe-
J04 RATIONAL
or thread that pafles under the final! pul-
ley X, and is faftened to that <rf P : fothat
when the laft pulley makes about one-
third of a turn,"*at6f V may make three
or four.turns^ ■' ■
Theis muft alfo be a fcroll of paper,
about two "feet long, and each, end pf
which muft be pafted to one pf the rollers.
In the ftpnt of the box between the twd
foIlMS, make an- aperture 0, 'abPIlt four'
■ inches lohg^'ind eneiiich and' a half wide ;
io'diis opeiiiig ief there be a UttJe flap or
Pider, ' by whicii -it may be ■clofcd," «
^leafure,
fUe .ajjnr»5»s. being thjis- difpofed,
place the index R'fucceffively againfteach
of the diviflons marked with one of the
planets, find as the paper is gradually
wound up the roller, mark agpinftjhat
part which is at the aperture D, ^ejiams
'Of Giietrf the following Slqia.-- '
g,i,;.d.,CoogIe
RECREATIONS. 405
The Helleipontiani .
Cumean |
ArtemUian f
Phr^ait IfibyU
Albuneaa
Perfian
Lybian
On each of the fcyea cards write a dif-
ferent qucftion, and draw one of the fcvcn
planets. Next, take a memorandum-
book, that contains &ven leaves, and <»>
each of them write the name of fine flf
the foregoing fibyls ; id each of the leaves
place' fevetal pieces of paper, and cm each
of them write, with the fympathetie
ink that does not appear till the paper is
■heated, difierent anfwers to^ th^ fame
queftions.
Then give a perfon the feven cards on
which the queftions are wrote, and tell
him to choofe one of them privately, and
concetl khe reft, &> that it cannot- poflibly
fcc known which of them he has chofc.
Next,
U.,:,,l,;.d:;G00^lc
2o6 It A f I O N A L
Next tell him, to place the index tlijlt
points to the month againft that in which
he was born*, and to place the index of
the planet againft that which is on the
card he has chofe, and which is to prefide
over the anfwer: you tell him to do this
privately, that no one may fee him, and
after that to cover the dial with his
handkerchief. Then let him open the
door that is before the aperture in the
box, and tell you the name of the fibyl
there vifible.
' You then open the memorand«m-book>
and taking out the, papers that are in the
leaf where the name of the fibyl jiift mert*
tidned is wrote, you defire him to choofe
any one of them he thinks proper. The
talifman ufed in the laft Recreation being
propef ly heated, is then t6 be introduced t
when you direft the perfon to put the
. * There months anJ the itidcz are of no other
ufe than to give the experiment an air of greater
myftery-
blank
giiiz.d ..Google
RECREATIONS. 207
blank paper into it, and taking it out a few
moments after, he will find the anfwer
to his queftion.
To make this operation appear the
more extraordinary, it will be proper to
bave'fa fmall prefs or cupboard, at the
back of which there is a door that opens
into an adjoining room, by which means
an alGAant having prepared the talifman
may place it in the cupboard the moment
before it is wanted. This contrivance will
be ufeful on many other occafions.
RECREATION LXV.
The magic urn,
PROVIDE an um of wood or metal,
about Gx inches high and two and a
half diameter in the wideilpart, and of.
fuch figure in other refpeifts as you think
proper (fee PI. XIII. Fig. 2). Let thert
bca cylinder of copper C,Fig, 3. of about
one-eighth gfan inch dianieter, which .is
t«
ib,GoogIc
2o8 it A f i d N A L
to fill a hole ABi madd in the attii Thtf
top of this cylinder is to btf in die top
of the urn, h that it may be eafily takenl
out. To this urn there muft be a cover
D, which fits it exa<5tly.
On a fmali fquare piece of paper draw
tfae figure of a flower or leaf, with that
fort of fympathetic ink whofe colour moft'
teiembles it. ^'ou then prefent feveral
fiats of flowers or leaves to a perfon, and
deSte him to chooie any one of them.
Then put that flower on a chafingdifii of
hot coals, and taking the paper on which
it is fccfetly drawn, you give it to the
perlbn to examine, and then put it in the
nrn, having pfevioufly heated the cylin-
der *. Then taking fome of the afhee of
the burnt flower, you ilrew them over
the paper, after which you take it out
and fhew the company the figure of that
flower* While the flower is buraing you
• There ait fome forts of fytifpathetic inks"
Au iMi^itt Boch move teat thatroOiet^.
i:,GoogIe
SAay irpiFiclkle fome powder dver it, Tup-
pofe that of ^tpetre, and by that, mixed
with the aflies of the flower, the company
inay imagine the efieft is produced.
The prefs 9r cupboard mentioned in
the laft Recreation will b6 here very con-
venient for heating the cylinder and
placing it in the urti* A fimilav Recreatioa
may be perfumed by putting the paper
in a copper veHet, that may be placed
on an iron plate over the cbafingdlih ift
which the flower is b,urnt. But this me-
,thod has not fo .myflerious an appear-
ance as the ocher» and in fome pcrfoiu
may eaufe a fufpicion that the effcdt is pio^"
duced by heat.
Other ^fympaihitic ittir^
fie&)e thofe mentioiied in the bcgtn-^
fting of this article there are feveral other
inks which appear very lively when a
Vol. IV* P coloured
ib,GoogIc
2IO RAt I O NAL
coloured liquor is pafled lightly over dien^r
of which the following are the moft ma-
terial.
A yellow fympathetlc Ink is made by
ftecping the flowers of the marygolds
fcven or eight days, or more, in clear
dtftilled vinegar, and then prei&ng them
out. The liquor is to be kept in a bottle
well corked. If you would have it ftUl
more limpid, add, at the time of ufing it, .
fbmc clear water.
For a red invifible ink j to the pure fpi-
rit of vitriol or that of nitre, add eight or
ten times as much water, as you would
have it more or left red.
For a grceri ink of this fort, diffolve
fait of tartar, the cleareft and drieft you
can procure, in a Juffident quantity of
river water.
For
i.vGoogIc
RECREATIONS. sii
For a violet fympathetic ink, expreis
Uie juice of lemoni and keep it in a bottle
well corked
All that is wrote on paper, or ihy
white body, fuch as filk, cloth, Scd with
one of thefe inks, will appear of the co-
lour above exprefled, afcer it has been .
dipped in the following liquor. Take
a fu£Bcient quantity of the flowers of pan-
cy, or of the commou violet, and bruife
them in a mortar> adding ibme water
to them, and ftraining the liquor through
a cloth, keep it in a bottle j or take water
in which turnible has been fteeped.
Pi ftE-
DiailizMbyGoO^IC
RATIONAL
RECREATION hXVU
^he revhtfled bouquets.
PROVIDE a number of artificial flow-
ers, fuch as rofes, jonquils, pinks, or
any other you find convenient. Thefe
flowers muft be made of white thread or
fiik, and their leaves of parchment. Dip
the rofes in the red l^mpathetic ink, the
jonquils in - the y^low, the pinks in (he
violet, and their leaves in the green ink.
When they are all dry form them into
fmall bonquets, which will all appear
white, and may be ufed in this Recre-
ation, either the day they arc dipped, or
feveral days after.
You take one of Utefe bouquets, and
after ftiowing the company that every
.part of it is white, you dipt it in the vivi-
fying liquor made of violets, juft defcribcd,
and
:dbvGoogIe
RBCJREilTrONS: 2IJ
dnd AcMriag it prdcntlyotA, all lit6 flow^
ets and leivu wHl appear in the natnral
colours *.
RECREATION LXVIi.
'j'&e tranfcoUurated ivritmg,
WRITfi Oft a pip&i wilh the yialet
UqQor* as many ItitMrs dr words
ss you pleafe ; ahd afle any potion whcthei-
he will have that writing ttjfn to yellow,
grwn, or red.
Have a fponge with three fides that
you can readily diAingnifh, and dip each
-of its fides in one of the three fympathetic
* inks. Draw the fide of' the fponge that
oorreiponds to die colour the perfon has
* The livify tog liquor IhouM be put in a fort
of jar, wifh. a narrow neck, that it may not be
(eta by the cotnfany; and you fiiould draw the
powers gently out, that the liquor may drop, if
thin, mi they piayhave tiiiic to acquire their
colours.
P3 chofe.
g,l,;.d.,C00^lc
ir4 RATIONAL
chofe, over the writing once only ; and
it will dite&ty diaoge to the colour re^
quired •.
Syjitpathftic mis of the third clafi.
Thfsfe, as we have i^d, are iuch asbe*?
come vifible by having any fine powder
ftrewed over them, and may be compde^
of the glutinous and colourle^ juice of
any vegetable, the milk of animals, an^
many other fubftanceST
RECREATION LXVIII.
Magical vegetatioHi.
^^N different pajiers draw the figures of
^— ' feveral leaves or flowers with one of
the colourlers juices above mentioned;
then take one of the correfponding leaves
or fiowers, and laying it on an iron plate,
over a chafingdiih of hot coals, let it bum
* The fponge nionld be well doped ^q^oc^t
ately after the experiment.
(9
:d=,Googlc
RECREATIONS. 215
to aihcs. Put thefe a(hes into a fiere, in
whkh there is fome very fine ftcel filings,
and fift them over the paper on which
the flower is drawn, when they will ad-
here to the glutinous liquor, and forni an
exaA repfcTeDtation of the figure of the
leaf Of flower.
Sympathetic inks of the fourth claji.
' This clafs, comprehending all thofe that
become vifible by being cxpofed to the
fire J is very extepfive, as it contains all
thoie infulions and diiTolutions, in which
the matter diffi>lved is capable of being
reduced into a fort of charcoal by a fmall
heat, A few examples of thefe inks will
here fuffice, and the rather, as moft of
thofe of the firft clafs which appear on
t being expofed to the air» are of this clafs
likcmfe.
Thcle inks, may be made by a ftrong
di^blution of vitriol in common water, or
P 4 of
g,i,z.d.,GoOglL'
ai6 RATIONAL
of the juice of lemons or onions ; the tw<)i
latter requiring U& heating than the firil,
but they will not keep fo long.
IIECJIEATION LXIX,
?V trmtfmutabk cards.
IN a common pack of cards, let the ace
of hearts aijd nine of (pades be fome
thing larger than the reft. With the juice
of lemon draw over the ace of hoaf ts a
^adOf large enough to cover it entir^, aad
on each fide draw^ four other ipades.
Prefent the pacif to^wo^F^h.;ro4T
droitly, that one of th^m ihall draw the
ace of hearts end the other the nif>e of
^des, and Xe\\ Him who draws the l^ter,
to burn if on a chaflngdi(|i. ' Ypu then
take the alhes of that card, and put (hen^
into a fmall metal box, and give it to him
who has the ace of hearts, that he may
himfelf p<ft that card into the bojif and
faften it. Then put t|i^ Iwy fpr % g>ori
ib,GoogIc
RECftEATIONS. %if
fune on the chpfingdi£k, lad let the per,
. fcf^ who put the card in it, take it off and
take out the card, which he will fee 19
fiirncd to the nine of fpades *.
RECREATION lyXjf.
'f'be convertthle for4s.
^T'Q perfomi this Recreatiofi yoa muS
obrervs that there are feveral letter^
^hich may be changed into others, with-
out any appearance of riie alteration ; as
^c a into d, the c into a, tj ^, g, c, or y,
the i into ^, i/, or /, the / into t, the in*
to ft </, g^ or Oy the v into^, &c.
Take a parcel of cardS| fuppo& 20, and
on one of them write, with- the ink of
the fourth clafs (he word lavf i"* and on
• In making this experiment the chafingdilh
flioaid not be brought into the room till the two
fardi are drawn, diat if the parties Ihoold not
^raw thofa cards you may exhibit fome other re-
freation.
•f Thefe letter^ ihould not be joined.
the
g,l,;.d.,C00gIC
fi8 RATIONAL
the other, with the fame ink, the wonia
eld vHmitn ; then holding them to the £re
they will both become vifible. Now you
will obferve that by altering the a in the
word lata into d, and adding a before the
A and ontftn after the nv, it becomes old wo-
man. Therefore you make thofe alter-
ations with the invi£ble ink^ and let it re-
main fo. On the reft of the cards ypu
write any words you think fit.
Prefcnt the cards in fuch manner to two
perfons, that one of them Ihall draw ttie
wprd /(?w, and the other the words old wo-
man. You then tell the perfon who drew
the word law, that it ihall difappear, and
the words on the other card Hiall be
wrote in its place : and that you may not
change the cards> delire each of the par-
ties to write his nanieon his card. Then
putting the cards together, and holding
them before the fire, as if to dry the names
juft wrote, the word lata will prcfcntly
(hange into o{d woman.
This
:dbvGoogIe
RECREATIONS. tif
This Recreation may be varied hy
fixing on a word that may be (Changed into
Arce other words, and making foui- pcf-?'
£>a8 draw itic cards on which thofe words
are wrote ; and it may be further diverfi'
fied by chioofing three fuch words, as th^
the firft can be changed into the fecond,
on j the fecond into the third. Vou then .
tell him who drew the firft word, that it
ihall be changed into that drawn by ths
fecond peiibn ; and him you tell, that hii
vrord fliall be changed into that of th;
third perfon.
RECREATION LXJCI,
^6e oracular letters.
TITTRITE on Several flips of paper difj-
^ » ferent queftions, and fuch as may
be anfwered by the name Qf fome perfon j
for example. Who is the merrieft man in
|he company ? Anfwer, Mr.. • • • *, To
^hofli lyill Mifs • • • be married ? An-
fwcr,
i:,GoogIe ,
MO KATIONAL
fw«r,.To Mr. ***. Thefc queftions
are to be wrote in the iympadietic ink of
this dais, and ezp<^cd to the fire, aid the
aafwers wrott in the fame tok, and left
invifibk. The papers are to be folded in
form of letters, and in £ach manner th:U:
the part where thb name is wrote ffaall btf
direftiy under the foal, wd the hckt of
the wax will make it vifiblp. Then give
the letter to ^he perfoo who required tbd
jtiifwer, and h^.wHI find'it|daini^ wrote*
A recreation iimilar to this majr be mad«
with a number of blank cards, on each of
which an ace of ipades is drawn with the
invilible inkj then let a peribn chooic
any one of tj>eni, and enclofe It in a letter
cafe, prepared in fuch manner that the
figore of the idt fliall be dire'Aly imder
the fcaT, and on opening the letter it will
be immediately vifiMe,
Sympa-i
i:,Goo^lc
RECREATIONS. «t
l^m^betic inks of the fifth cUfi^
^be green mk.
Take zafire in powder, and let it remain
for dtflblution in aqua regta during twenty-
four haiirs. Pour Ae Kquor off clear,
and a^ to it as mach or more common
water, and keep it in a bottle w^
corked;
This ink will not be vifible till it has
been expoied to the fire, or to die ftron^
rs^£ of i^e fun. The charadlers will then
be of a Kvely green. It is the peculiar
pioperty of this ink, that as foon a$ the
p9per becomes cold again tl^ letters dif-
4ppi^, 9a4 .tl>» altema^ appearance and
diiiq^arftnce ma^ be repeated a great
nomber of times, provided that by top
great heat the letters never acquire the co-
lour
,i.db,Goo^Ic
f St RATIONAL
lour of fillemot, for after that they will
"never disappear *.
RECREATION LXXII.
7%f inam^eben/ible writiag.
TTAVE a box that is divided into thretf
■^ "*■ parts, after the fame manner as the
talifoian in the 63d Recreation, except that
inftead of being triangular, it muft be of
a long fquare, (fee PI. XIII. Fig. 4.) Di-
vide its top B into two equal parts D and
£, as in Fig. 5. and to the part D ad-^
jufi a plate of copper L, about one quar-
ter of an inch thick, and under both
the plate L and the opening E, place a
cloth. The upper part C muft have a
button by which it may be fixed on the
• This ink may be alfo made of cobalt, in Hie
.manner defcribedliy M. Hellot, in the Memoiret
ie TAcedemie des Sciences for 1737 ; but that
. method is ^r more eml>arnffio£ to fiich as arc doC-
uled to chsmical operations.
D,g,l,;.d.,C00gIC
RECREATIONS. 323
cover 6, fo as to appear <^ one pine
with it.
At the bottom of the box place a pieco
of cloth» or other ftuff, on which 70a may
ftamp certain myilerious chanufters, and
obferve that the bottom of the cover muft
reft upon this cloth.
Then provide a flip of paper G H, Fig.
6. of the fame fize with the bottom of
the box> and at, each end of it write, with
the green fympathetic ink, the name of a
di^ent card, and make fome private
mark, by which you can tell at v^hich end
each name is wrote *.
Take a parcel of cards, and offer thofe
two of them whofe names are wrote on
the paper to the two perlbns, that they
* Tbtt tb«re may be no fulpicion of the pa-
]>ers being prepared, you may cut It from i whqie
flieet, before die company* having previoofly wrote
die names.
may
ixibvGoogIc
144. H Afro K At
igasf dnrtr tbeiR. You teU the pctrtits td
keep their cardi to themfelves, and you
propofe to make the names of thofc cards
lppe»r upon a flip of paper> wl»ch juu
ptLt into the box. You then aik wMdt
name of the two cuds fhalt appear firft.
The cx3ppcr pkte heihg prevdoudy heated
and placed in the cover, you pat it ovc^
that end of the paper on which i& the
name required, and It will pre&ntly ap"
pea^. Tlien takii^ the paper out and
ihow'ijig the name vrmta, youi put tt in
again, tjtttning the oduc-Cfd to the fi^
of tbe boy where the plzte is, and it vnSt
in like ownasr bocome vifibk.
The iirft name may be made to difap*
pear at the iame tine tba< the focond ap-
pears, if ^ clodi at dte end oppolite to
(hai where ^ plate is, bo made damp«
REC^&f,
i.,GoogIc
RECREATIONS. 225
RECREATION LXXIII.
ff^inter changed touring*
TAICE a print that reprefents winter^
and trace over the proper parts of
the trees> plants, and ground with the
green fynipathetic ink j obferving to make
fome parts deeper than othersj according
to their diftance. When thofe parts are .
dry, paint the other objeftS with their na-
tural cdJoura.- Then put the print in a
frame with a glaik, and cover the back of
it with a paper tbi^t is pafted over its bor-
der only.
When this print is expofed to the heat
of a moderate fire, or to the warm rays
of the fun, all the grafs and foliage will
turn to a plealing green, and if a yellow
tint be given to fome parts of the print,
before the (ympathetic ink be drawn over
it, this green will be of different fhades j
and the icene that a minute before rcprc-i
Voi.aV. Q^ fented
g,l,;.d.,C00gIC
226 RATIONAL
Tented winter, will now be changed to
fpring. When this print is placed in the
cold» winter will again appear, and will
again be driven away by the warm rays
of the fun. This alternate change of fea-
fons may be repeated as often as you
pleafej remembering, however, as was
before obferved, not to make the print at
any time too hot, for then a faded au-
tumn will for ever remain.
Sympathetic ink that appears fy being
wetted with neater *
Mix alum with a fufficient quantity of
lemon juice. The letters wrote with this
mixture will be invilible till they are
wetted with water, and then will appear
of a greyiih colour and tranfparent.
Or you may write with a ftrong diflblu-
tion of rock alum only, and when the
writing is dry, pour a fmall quantity
of water over it, and it will appear of a
wbit«i
i^vGooglc
RECREATIONS. 227
white, like that ctf the paper before it was
Wetted.
All faline liquors, fuch as vitriolic^ ni-
treous, and m^ine acids, diluted with
water ; the liquor of fixed vegetable al-
kalis, and even vinegar, will produce the
fame effeifl.
Wheh the paper is ftrorig a:nd contains
a fufHcient quantity of iize, and the faUne
liquors are properly diluted, as, for ex-
ample, when one ounce of aqua fortis is
mixed with three or four ounces of water,
the writing will dry well, become ablb-
lutely invifible, aiid not run out of its
form when the paper is wetted. As the -
paper dries it will become again iniiUble,
and may be made to appear and difappear
thany tiines:
This fort of ink is very conTtoient^ as
it may be eafily prepared with many
jSibflances that are readily procured, and
Q^a as
i.,GoogIe
223 R A T I O N A t
as it does not require heating,- nor the af-
fiftancc of any other hquor, except com-
mon water *.
RECREATION LXXIV.
9'&e oracular mirror. .
pROVIDE a round mirror, (Plate XIII.
Fig. 7.) of about three inches diame-
ter, and whofe frame is an inch wide.
Line the under part of the frame» in
which hples are to be cut, with very thin
glafs j behind dii& glafs kt the mirror
ASCD, o£ about two inches diameter,
be placed, which is to be rnQveable, fo
that by inclining the frame to either fide,
part of the mirror will be vifible, behind
the glafs, QB tha< fide.
* T''"y who would- amufe thcmfelves further
with thefe matters, may confult a treatife wrote
exprefsly on the fubjeft, by that bright luminary
in the Britilh hemlfphcre of icience, the fagacious
Boyle.
"' Then
Diqiiiz.d ..Google
ib,Googlc
bvGoogle
RECREATIONS. 229
Tlien take Spanifli chalk, or Cyprus vi-
triol, of which you make a pencil^ and
with this you may write on a glafs and
rub it off with a cloth, and by breathing
on the glafs the writing will appear and
difappear feveral times. With this, pencil
write on one fide of the mirror, before it
is put in the frame, the vrordyei, and on
the other fide, «Pi and wipe them off with
a cloth.
You propofe to a perfon to aflt any
queftion of this mirror that can be anfwer-
ed by the words _yfi or bo. Then turning
the glafs to one iide, and putting your
mouth clofe to it, as if to repeat the quef-
tion Ibftly, you breathe on it, and the
word yes or na will immediately appear.
This mirror will.ferve for many other a-
^F^eablc amufements.
0^3 RECRE-
q,i,z.:d=,.Goo^k'
ajp RATIONAL
RECREATION LXXV.
I'be tree tf Diana.
TAKE half an ounce of fine filver, ei-
ther in filings or cut fmall, and twQ
drams of mercury, and diffolve them in
three or four ounces of aqua forlis. When
the diiTolutJon is perfeftly made, pour it
into a pint of common water, and ftir it
about, that the whole may be well mixed.
Keep this preparation in a bottle well
corked.
In a fmall phial put the quantity of %
pea, of the amalgam of filver with mer-
cury, and pour an ounce of the above li-
quor over it. There will prefently rife
from that little glcbular amalgam fmall
brr.nches, that by increafing will form a
kind of flirub or buihy tree, of a filver
colour.
Another
i:,GoogIc
RECREATIONS. 231
Another way of producing this appear-
ance is . by diffolving an ounce of fine
filver in three ounces of ftrong aqua for-
tis, in a glafs or earthen veflel. When
the filver is quite difiblved, pour the aqua
fortis into another giafs veffel, wide at the
bottom, with fcven or eightoiinces of mer-
cury, and add one quart of common wa-
ter ; to the whole add your diflblved filver,
^nd let it remain untouched.
In a few days the mercury will appear
to be covered with a multitude of little
'branches, refembling flenderflirubs, and of
a filver ^olour. This appearance will con-
tinually increafe for a month or two, and
will remaii^ ^ter the mercury is entirely
diflblved*,
• It was, -very likely, fome experiment like this,
togetiier with a deception fimilar to that ufed in a
foregoing Recreation, that gave rife to the pretended
experiment of producing a tree or flower from its
aihes, which' many have thought pof!ibIe, and for
the performing of which Paracclfus and Kirchcr
have each of them gived a regular procefs, which
ferves only to Ihow what low arts and effrontery,
have been praftifed by men of letters in ignorant
_,CoogIc
:,GoogIe
RECREATIONS
O F
AD D R E S S
AND
DEXTERITY.
D,g,l,;.d.,CoO^IC
..Google
RECREATIONS, 335 .
|ie;creations with the cards*.
previous to thefe recreations with the
cards, it will be neceffary to explain the
method of making the pafs-, that is,
bringing a certain number of cards from
the bottom of the pack to the top; as
many of thefe recreations depend on
that manccuvre,
TTpLD the pack of cards in your right
-■• •*■ hand, ib that the pahn of your hand
may be under the cards : place the thumb
pf that hand 00 one Hde of the pack, the
firft, (ecpnd* and third fingers on the other
Jide, and your little finger between thofe
cards that are to be brought to the top, and
the reft of the pack. Then place your
left hand oyer the cards> in fuch manner*
, that the thumb may be at C, (PL XIV.
I^ig. I, and 9.) the forefinger at A, and
the other fingers at B.
• Sevcml of thefe recreations were invented by
M. Guyot.
The
_,CoogIe
836 RATIONAL
The hands and the two parts of the
cards being thus difpofed, you draw off
the lower cards, confined by the little
finger and the other parts of the right
hand, and place them, with an impcrcept-r
ible motion, on the top of the p^k^
It is quite necelTary, before you attempt
any of the recreations that depend on
making the pafs^ that you can perform it
fo dexterouily that the eye cannot diftin-
guifli the motion of your hand i other wile,
inftead of deceiving others you will expofe
yourfelf. It it alfb proper that the cards
make no noife, as that wUl occafion fuft
picion . This dexterity is not to (le attain?
«d without fome praiflicCf
We have mentiooed in the firft volatne
the method of preparing a pack 6f cards,
by ioferting one or more that are a ftnall
matter longer or wider than the reft> and
that preparation will be neceflary in fevc^
ral of the following recreations.
RECREr
ixibvGoogle
RECREATIONS. 237
R.ECREATION LXXVI.
^e card of divination.
HAVE a pack in which tficre is a long
card ; open the pack at that part
where the long card is> and prefent the
pack to a perfon in fuch manner that he
will naturally draw that card *. He i&
then to put it into any part of the pack*
and ftjuffle the cards. You take the pack
and offer the.fame card in like manner to
a fecpud or thi^-d perfoa ; obferving, how-
ever, that they do not Hand near enough
to fee the card each other draws. You.
then draw feveral cards yourfelf, among
which is the long card, and aik each of
the parties if his card be among thofe
cards, and he will naturally fay yes, as
they have all drawn the fame card. You
then fhuffle all the cards together, and
cutting them at the long card, you hold
• See Vol. I. p. 78.
i:,Goo^lc
438 RATIONAL'
it before the firft perfbn, To that the others
may not Tee it, and tell him that is his
card. You then put it again in the pack,
and ihuffling them a fecond time> you cut
again at the fame card, and hold it in like
manner to the fecond perlbn, and fo d£
the reft *.
If the firft peribn fhould not draw the
long card, each of the parties muft draw
different cards ; when cutting the pack at
the long cat-dj you put thdfe they have
drawn oVer it, and feeming to ihuffle the
cards indifcriminately, you cut them again
at the long card, and fliow one of them
his card. You then fhufHe and cut again,
• There is frequently exhibited another experi-
ment, Similar to this, which is by making a pc^-^
Ton draw the long card, then giving him the pack,
you tell him to place his card where he plcafcs,
and ftiuffle them, and you will then limine bis card,
, or cut the pack where it is. You may alf6 teli
liim to put the pack in hts pocket, and you will
draw the card, which you may eaiily do by the
touch.
q,i,z.:d.,GoogIc
recreations: 239
in the fame manner, and fliow another
perfon his card, and fo on : remem-
bering that the card drawn of by the laft
perfon is the firft next the long card ; and
fo of the others.
This Recreation may be performed
without the long card, in the following
manner. Let a perfon draw any card
whatever, and replace it in the pack : you
then make the pafs, and bring that card to
the top of the pack, and IhuiHe them with-
out lofing fight of that card. You then
offer that card to a fecond perfon, that he
may draw it, and put it in the middle of
the pack. You make the pafs and ihuffle
the cards a fecond time, in the fame man-
ner, and offer the card to a third perfon,
and fo again to a fourth or fifth, as is
more fully explained further on.
RECRE-
:d=,GoogIe
240 R A t I O N A L
RECREATION LXXyiA
tht fiur cmfederate carit^
YOU let a perfon draw any foar cards
from the pack, and tell him to think
on one of them. When he returns you
the four cards yon dextrouOy place two of
them under the pack and two on the top.
Under thofe at the bottom you place four
cards of any fort, and then taking eight
or ten from the bottom cards, you fpread
tbem on the table, and afk the perfon if the
card he fixed on be among them. If he
fay no, you are fure it is one of the two
cards on the top."" You then pafs thofe
two cards to the bottom, and drawing off
thelowcftof them, you afk if that is not
his card. If he again fay m, ypu take
that card up, and bid him draw his card
from the bottom of the pack.
If the perfon fay his card is among
thofe you firft drew from the bottom, you
mult
^dbvGoogle
Recreations. 241
hiuft deztroufly take ap tUe fbur card& that
you put under them, and placing thofe
oa the top/ let the. other two be the bot-
tom cards of the pack, whidi you are to
dra^ ia; the manber befbrc deicribed.
RECREATION LXXVIII.
■ ^he numerical card.
LET the- long card be the fixteenth in
a pack of piquet cards. Take ten or
twelve cards from the top of the pack, and,
fpreading them on the table defirc a per-
{oh to. think of any one of them, and to
o'bferve the number it is from the firft card.
Make the pafs at the long card, which
will then be at the bottom. Then afk
the party the number his card was at, and
counting to yourfelf from that number to
16, turning the cards up one by one,
from the bottom. Then ftop, at the fe-
venteenth card, and afk the pcrfon if he
has feen his card, when he will fay no.
You then afk him how many more carda
Vol.. IV. R you
:dbvGoogIe
£42 NATIONAL
you fhall draw before his catd appears |
and when he has named the number, yoa
draw the card afide with your finger, and
turn up the number of cards he propdred, '
and then throw down the c»d h« fix-
ed on.
RECREATION LXXIX.
Dhmation by the Jw^rd,
A F T E R a card has been drawn you
■*-*• place it under the long card, and by
ihuffling them dextroufly you bring it to
the top of the pack. Then Iay» or throw,
the pack on the ground, obferving where
the top card lays. A handkerchief is then
bound over your eyes, in fuch manner
however that you can fee the ground,
which may be eafily done. A fword is
then put into your hand, with which you
touch feveral of the cards^ feemingly in
great doubt, but never lofing light of the
top card, in which at laft you fiz the point
of
jz.GoogIc
kECREATlONS. 243
bf the fwdrdi and prefcnt it to hun who
draw it. Two or three cards may be dif-
tovo-ed in the fame manner, that is, by
fdacing them under the long card, and
then bringing them to the top of the
pack.
RECREATION LXXX.
T&e car J thaagbf m ptf force.
YOU ipread part of a pack of cards be-
fore « periboj in ftich manner thdt
bne of the picture cftrde only is com^detely
vifible. You then tell him to think on
one of tho& iards> obierving attentively
if he &e bis ^e on the picture card^.
When he fays he has determined, you
ihuffle the cards, and turning them up,
one by one, you tell him that is his card.
If he does not appear to fix his eye on
the pictured card, or if he ff»^ead the cards
in order to fix on another, you tell him to
draw the card he choofes, and then by
R 2 plac-
i:,Goo^lc
244 R A T I O N A t
placing it under the long card you perfdmt
Ibmc other recreation. It is eafy to con- .
ceive that this recreation may fail, and
that it (hould not be attempted withthofe
who are converfant with deceptions of thia
fort.
RECREAtlON L5CXX1.
^be tranjmutable cards.
Y
OU rauft have in the pack two cards
of the fame fort, fuppofe the king of
fpades. One of thefe is to be placed nratt
the bottom card, whkh may be the feven
of hearts, or any other card. The other
is to be placed at top. You then Ihuffle
the cards, without difplacing thofe three
cards, and Ihow a perfon that the bottom
card is the fcven of hearts* Then draw-
ing that card privately alide with your
finger, which you have wetted for that
purpofe, you take the king of fpades from
the bottom, which the perfon fuppofes to
be the feven of hearts, and lay it on the
table.
:dbiGoogIe
RECREATIONS, 245
table, telling him to cover it with his
hand. You then ihttiSe the cards again,
without difplacing the firft and laft card,
aQd palling the other king of fpades at the
top to the bottom, you fliow it to another
perfon. You then draw that privately a-
way, and taking the bottom card, which
will then be the feven of hearts, you lay
that on the table, and tell the fecond per-
fon, who believes it to be the king of
fjpades, to cover it with hie hand.
You then command the feven of hearts,
'tvhich is fuppofed to be under the hand of
the firft perfon, to change into the king
pf ipades i and the king of fpades, which
is fuppofed to be under the hand of the
lecond perfon, to change into the feven of
hearts J and when the two parties take
fheir hands oiF, and turn up the cards,
, they will fee, to their no fmall aftoniih-
ment, after having fo carefully obferved
l;he bottom cards, that your commands are
puiwflually obeyed.
R3 RECRE-
D,q,i,z.:d=,.GoogIc
24$ RATIONAL
RECREATION LXXXII,
J%e three magic^ parties.
YOU are to offer the long card to an^
one, that he may draw it, and place
it again in any part of the pack he thinks
proper. You then make the pafs, and
bring that card to the top of the pack.
You next divide the pack into three heaps,,
obferying to put the long card in the mid-
dle heap, as that is pioft commonly chofe.
You then demand of die perfon which of
the heaps the card he drew fliall be in. Jf
he reply in the middle parcel, you imme-
diately ihow him the card. But if h^
fay iti either of the others, you take all the
cards in your hand, placing the parcel he
has named over the other two, obferving
to put your little finger between that and
the middle heap, at the top of which is the .
card he drew. You then aflc at what
number in that heap he will have his card
appear.
ib,GoogIc
REQREATIONS, 247
atppter. If he %, far example, the fixth
ctrd, you tell dovn five cards from the
top of the pack, ami then dextroufly mak-
ing thd pafsy you bring the long card to
the top* and tell it down as ^e lixth.
RECREATION LXXXIII.
Tie inverted cards
PREPARE a pack of cards, by cutting
one end of them about one-tenth of
an inch narrower than the other : then
offer the pack to any one that he may
draw a card ; place the pack on tiie ta-
l^e, and oblerve carefully if he turn the
card while he is looking at it : if he do
not, when you take the pack from the ta-
ble, you oiFer the other end of it for him
to infert that card ; but if he turn the
fard, you then offer him the fame end of
]the pack. You afterwards offer the cards
;p a (econd or third pcrfon, for them to
R 4 draw
:„l,;.d.,C00^IC
■248 RAT I O NAL
draw and replace a card in the lame maa-
ncr. You then let any one fliuffle the
cards and taking them again in your o^n
hand^ as you turn them up one by one*
you eafily pensive by the touch which
thofe cards are that have been inverted,
and laying the firft of them down on the
table, you alk the firit perfon if that card
be his, if he fay »?* you aik the fame of
the fecond perfon, and if he fay no, you
tell the third perfon it is his cardj and fo
of the fecond and third-cards. You fhould
lay the pack on the table after each perfon
has drawn his card, and turn it dextroufly
-in taking it up, when it is to be turned, that
the experiment may not appear to depend
en the cards being inverted.
RECRE-
:dbvGoogIe
RECREATIONS, 249
RECREATION LXXXIV-
^be card difcovered ^ the touch orfmell.
YOU offer the long cardi or any other '
that you know, and :as the perfon,
who has drawn it holds it in his hand, you
"pretend to feel the pips or figure on the
under fide by youi* fore finger ; or you fa-
gacioufly fincll to it, and then pronounce
what card it is.
If it be the long card, you may give
the pack to the perfon who drew it, and
leave him at liberty either to replace it,
or not. T^en taking the pack, you feel
immediately whether it be there or not,
and fhuiRing the cards in a carelefs man-
ner, without looking at them, you pro-
nounce accordingly.
RECRE^
U.,g,l,;.d.,C00<ik
45° RAT I O NAl.
RECREATIOI* LXXXV.
^%e mcomfrebmfble tranjpofitian.
' I ^AKE a card, the fame as your long
* card, and rolling it up very clofe,
put it in an egg, by making a hole as fmall
as poflible, and which you are to fill up
carefully with white wa:f. You then ofr
fcr the long card to be drawn^ and when
it is replaced in the pack yoi; fliufile the
cards feveral times, giying the egg to the
perfon who drew the card, a;id while ho
is breaking it, you priv^^tely withdraw th«
long card, that it niay appear, upon ex-
amining the cards, tQ have gone from
the pack into the egg. This Recreation
may be rendered more furprifing by hav-r
ing feveral eggs, in each of which is
placed a card of the, fame fort, and then
giving the perfon the liberty to choofc
which egg he thinks fit.
This
i.,GoogIc
REGREATIONS. ?5t
This deception may be ftill further di-
yerfified, by having, as moft public per-
formers have, a confederate, who is pre-
yioufly to know the egg in which the
card is placed ; for you may then break
^he other eggs, and ftiow that the only one
that cootans a card is that in which you
^ireSed it to he.
^lECREATION LXXXVI,
^be card in the focket-hwk.
T^HIS Recreation is to be performed by
a confederate, who is previoufly to
know the card you have takenfrom the pack
^nd put in your pocket-book. You then
prefent the pack to your confederate, and
defire him to fix on a card, (which we will
fuppofc to be the queen of diamonds) and
then place the pack on the table. You
then afk him the name. of the card, and
when he fays the queen of diamonds, you
yfk him if he be not miflaken, and if he
"" ■ 'be
_,Coo^lc
ZS2 RATIONAL
be iure that card is in the pack : when
he replies in the affirmative, you fay, it
might be there when you looked over
(he cards, but I believe it is now in my
pocket : then defire a third perfon to put
his hand in your pocket, and take out your
book) and \vhei) it i$ opened the card
will appear,
Experiments of this kind appear as won-
derful to thofe whq havp no idea of a con-
federacy, as they do fimple and trifling to
thofe that arc in the feccet*
RECREATION LXXXVII,
To tell the card that a perfirn hot (mly, onca
touched with his finger.
rr^HIS Recreation alfo Is to be perform-
■* ed by confederacy. You prcvioufly
agree with your confederate on certain
figns, by which he is to denote the fuit,
and the particular card of each fuit : af
thus;
i:,Googlc
RECREATIONS. 253
thus ; if he touch the firft button of his
coat« it fignifies an ac,e ; if the fecond, a
king, &c.' and then agda if he take out
his handkerchiej^. it deoote^ the fuite to .
be hearts ; if he take fnuff, diamonds*
&c. Thefe preUminaries being fettled,
you give the pack to a perfon who is near
your confederate, and tell him to feparate
any one card from the reft, while you are
abfent, and draw his finger once over it.
He is dien to return you the pack,
and while you are (huffling the cards,,
you carefully note the Hgnals made by
your confederate. Then turning the cards
over one by one, you direftly fix on the
card he touched.
R E C R^-
giiiz.d ..Google
ft|4 R A T i 6 N A t.
RfeCREAtlON LitXXVltl;
Tv ftaste fpoerd e^is that t^i pirfotii
bave drawn fr^ the pack.
irvlVIpE a pitjuct pack of cards into
^^ two parts by a long card. Let the
firA part contain a c^uint to a king iii
clubs and fpades, the four eights* the ten
of diamonds and ten of hearts f and let
the other part contain the two quart ma-
jors in hearts and diamonds, the four fc-
vens and the four nine* •;
Then riiuffle the cards, but obfervc not
to difplace any of thofe cards of the laft
part which arc under the long card. ■ Yoii
then cut at that, card, and leave the pack
in two parts. Next, prefent the firft of
thofc parts to a perfon, and tell him to
draw two or three cards, and place the
* The cards may be divided in any other
aander that is eafy to be remembered.
remainder
g,l,;.d.,C00gIC
RECREATIONS. 255
remainder on the table. You prefent. the
fecond parcel in like manner to another.
Then having d|extroufly [4aced the cards
drawn by the iirft peiibn in the fecond
parcel, and thofe drawn by the fecond per-
fon in the firft parcel> you fhuffle the
cards, obfervihg to difplace none but the
upper cards. Then fpreading the cards
on the table> you name thofe that each
perfon drew ; which you will very eafily
do> by ob&rving the cards that are
changed in each parcel.
RECREATION LKXXIX.
'The tnioo convertible aces.
/^N the ace of fpadcs fix, with fcap, a
^-^ heart, and on the ace of hearts, a
fpade, in fud» manner that they will ea-
fily flip off.
Show thele two aces to the company j
then taking the ace of fpades you defire a
perfon
_,CoogIe
35(5. RATIO NAL
petfon to put. his foot upon it, and aS yott-.
place it oa the ground, draw away the
Ipade- In like manner you place thd
feeming ace 6f. hearts under the foot of
another perfon. You then cammand the:
twQ cards to change their places ; and that
they obey your command, the twoperfons, .
on taking up their cards, vrill have ocular
demonftration *.
* A deception llmilar to this is fometimeS prac-<
tifed with one card, fuppofe the ace of fpadcs, over
which a heart is pafted ilightly. Alter ihoWing a
perfon the card you let him hold one end of it,
and yoti hold ttfe other, and \^h}le you ftmufc bim
with difcourfe, you Hide off the heart. Then
laying the card on the table you bid him cover it
with his hand. You then knock under the tabie^
and command the heart to turn into the ace of
ipades. fey deceptioris like thtfe people of little ex-
perience and much conceit are frequently deprived
of their money and rendered ridiculous.
RECRE-
ib,GoogIc
kEGREATlONgi fij7
RECREATION XG.
'the Jijieenth iboufand livres.
YOU muft be prepared With tw<J caMs*
like thofe rtprefeittcd by Plate XlV*
Figi 3^ and with a common ace and fiVe
of diamonds.
The iive of dianionds and the two pit-*
j>ared cards are to be difpofed as in Fig. 4^
and holding ihem in your hand, you fay,
-"A certalnFrenchman left fifteen thoufand
livres, which are reprefented by thefe three
cards> to his three fons. The ivto youngeft
agreed to leave their 5000, each of them*
in the hands of the elder, that he might
improve it." While you are telling this
ftory you ky the 5 ori the table, add put
the ace in its plaae, and at the fame tiiil6
artfully change the pofition of the other
two cards, that the three cards may ap-
pear, as in Figi 5* You then refume youf
difcourfet " The eldeft brother, inftead
Vol. IV* S of
ii^dbyGoO^IC
258 RATIONAL
of improving the money, loH: it all by
gaming, except thrte'thoiifartd'Hvres, as
you here fee." You then lay the ace on
the table, aiid taking up the 5, continue
your ftory : " The eldeft,-forry forhatifCg
.loll the stlORtyt went to tiie'Eaft4Indtes
w^ith thefe 3000, and brought back 1 5000 /'
You then fhow the cards in the £tme po-
fition as at firft, in Fig. 3.
To render this deception agtecable,'it
^uft be performed with 'dextedty> -and
fhould not be repeated, liut the cards im-*
mediately pot in the pockety and you
Hiould have live' common cards in your
pocket, ready to ihow, if any one ifiiould
defire to fee them.
Another recreation of tins ibrt may be
performed with fives and threcfi, as in
Fig, 6, 7, and 8.
■RECRE*
g,i,;.d.,CoogIe
k.ECR.EATJ$)NS. JiS&
R &C RE A T I O N XCI.
T&e card difcdvered under the baiidkercbiefi
. T E T a peffon draiy any card from the
^•*— ' reft, and pat it in the middle of the
pack. -You make -the pais at that place,
4nd the card will confequcntly be at top.
Then placing the pack on the tablci covtf
' it with a handkerchief, and putting yoiir
band under it, take off the top card, and
, after feemtng to. leafch among the cards
/oi; fome t^me, draw it out.
Thij( recreation may be performed by
putting the card^ in another perlbn's poc-^
_ket, after the .pais is made. Several cards
..may alfo be drawn and pla^ced together in
the middle .of the pack, and the pafs then
made.
S z Rfi.
„i,;.d.,. Google
26o RATIONAL
RECREATION XCII.
fo cbdngt the cards that fioeral perfml
have drawn from the pack.
o
N the top of the pack put any card
you plcafe, fuppofe the queen of
clubs. Make the pafs, and bring ;that
card to the middle of the pack, and offer
it a perfon to draw. Then,, by cutting
the cards, bring the queen again to the
middle of the pack. Make the pafs a fe-
cond time, and bring it to the top, and
muffle the cards without diiplacing thofe
on the top. Make the pafs a third time,
an4 bring it to the middle of the pack,
and offer it to a fecond perfon to draw j
who muft be at a proper diflance froin the
, firfl perfon, that he may not perceive it is
the fame card. After the like manner let
five perfons draw the fame card.
Shuffle the pack, without lofmg fight
of the queen of clubs, and laying down
four
i:,GoogIe
RECREATIONS. 261
&ur other cards with the queen, afk each
perfon if he fees his card there. They wiU
all rep\y yes, as they all drew the queen of
clubs. Place four of thofc cards to the
pack, and drawing the queen privately a-
way; you approach the iirll perfon, and
fhowing him that card, fo that the others
cannot fee it, and aUc if that be his card.
Then putting it on the top of the pack
, blow on it, or give it a ftroke with your
hand, and Hiow it in the fame manner to
the fecond perfon ; and fo of the reft,
RECREATION XCIII.-
7^ four m/epara^/e ktn^s.
'TpAKE the four kings, and behind thp
lait of them place two other cards,
fo that they may not be feen, Then
fpread open the four kings to the compa-
ny, and put the fix cards at the bottom of
the pack. Draw one of the kings, and
put him at the top of the pack. Draw
S 3 one
:dbfGoogIe ,.
a62 KiTTION'AL
dneof dietwocardsat die bottom -and "puf
it towards the liiiddle. Drav^ the other,
and put it at foihe ^ftance frotn the laft,
and then ihow that there remains a king
at bottom. Then let any one cut^thecah^B,
and as there reinained' three king; atbot-(
torn, they vrill thin be alttogethcr in thft
itaiddle of the |kack.
rEcrea'tMn XCIV.
To tell the number ofcardt by their weight ,
TAKE a parcel of cards, fuppofe 40,
amoftg vrhtch inf^rt' t\^ long cards ^
let the firft be, for example, the i5th^
and the other the 26tlj from flie top. Seem
to fliuffle the cards, and then cutting them
at the firfl long card, poife thoie you have
cut off in your left hand, and fay, " there
IhoOld be here fifteen cards." Cut them
again at the fecond long card, and fay,
** there are here only eleven cards." Theri
poififlg the remainder, you fay, " here arc
fourteen cards."
•REt
:dbvGoogIe
RECREATIONS. 1(^3,
RECREATION XCV.
3i difcover the card- that, is drawn ly tbt
throw of a dk^
PREPARE a pack of cards, in which
' fix di^remi card& are coatalned fix
timo&i that^^ ia vhichthereareoaly fixt
Torts. o£card£. Di^oic thcTecardsin fuch
{oaoner that eadi o£die fix di^ent cards
fliall follow each other, and let the laftof-
each fuit be a long card. The cards being
thus dilpofed^ it foUowLS,. that if you di-
vide them into fix parcels, by cutting at
each o£ t];)e Ioq^ c^ds, thofe parcels will
all confift of iuii^l^j: cacds*
Iset a pfis^p (iraw a caridi frora the pacfci
and kt hiiu TQ(^^<:e it in tJac parcel from
wieace it was di;^w^, by df^tcoulfy of-.,
faing th^t part, Gut the. c^rds Icverai.
timw, fe th^t ? Ipi^ card may he always
at hc^tpQV Divide the c^rds iji this man-
nef into, fii; hteaps, and giving a die to the
S 4 per-t
ib,Goo^lc
3^4 RATIONAL
perfon Vfhq drew the card, tell hint that
the point he throws fhall indicate the par«
cd in which is the card he drew ; then
take up that parcel and fl^ow him the
card.
You fliould put the cards in your pocket
immediately after performing this Recre-r
ation, and have another pack, ready to
Jhow, if any one {hould aik to fee the
Card^T
RECR,EATION XCVI.
7a fefarate the two colours of a pack of'
cards by one cut.
THE pack muft be prepared in the
fame manner as in the 83d RocreT
ation ; that is, all the cards of one colour
inufl be cut fomething narrower at one
end than the other. You ftww the cards,
^nd give them to any one that he may
Ruffle them, then hrfding them between
ypuc
u.,g,i,;.d.,CoogIe
RECREATIONS, j6j
your hands, one hand being at each extre«
mity, with one motion you feparate the
hearts and dianionds from the Ipades and
clubs,
This Recreation is eafy and pleafant to
perform, but fliould not be repeated; un^
lei's you have another pack of cards which
you can adroitly fubftitute in the place of
■ the foriper, and with them you may fepa-
rate the pidtured cards from the others,
they being prepared for that purpofe j which
will afford a frefli furprize. You may alfo
write on a number of blank cards certain
letters or words that form a queftion, and
on others the aiifwer. Several other re-
creations may likewife be performed by
thf fame method.
Rpcag.
g,l,;.d.,C00gIC
a66 RATIONAL
RECREATION XCVII.
The metamorpbofed cards.
IN the middle of a pack pl^ce a card that
is foQi^tbiDg wider than the re0, which
vre wiU fuppofe to be the knave of fpades,
under which- place the fevea of diamonds, ■
aa4 uftder that the ten of clubs. On the
top of the pack put cards fimilar to thele,
and others oa which arc pain,ted different '
objects., ia the manner following ;
icft C9ld
A bird
. 4
A feren of diamonds
3
" A flower
4
Another fevcn of diamonds
5
A bird
6
Ten of clubs
7
A flower
8
Another ten of clubs.
Then
j.,CoogIe
R E C R E A T lO-N S. 267
Thert'Cevten or eight indiflerent'cardsj
riic knave of fpades, which is the wide
card ; tMc'ffeven of diamonds ; the ten of
clubs i and the reft any indifierent cards.
Two perfcftis are then to draw die two
cards that are under the wide card, which
are the ftven of diamonds and the ten of
clubs. You then' take the pack in your
left hand, and open it at the wide card> as'
yoQ open a book, and tell him who drew
tfee fevett of diamonds to place it in that
opening, Y^u then blow on the cards,
and without doling them yoa initantly
bring the card which is at top, and on
which -a bird is painted, over that feven
of diamonds *. You then bid the perfon
look at his card, and when he has remark-
ed the change, to place it where it was-
before. Then blow on the cards a fecond
time, and bringing the feyen of diamonds,
* To do this dcxtroufly you moft wet the middle
finger of your left hand, with which you are tp
firing the card to the middle of the pack.
which
g,i,;.d.,Goo^lc
368. RATIONAL
which isat^tbetopof thepack.totheopai-
ing) you bid 'him look at his card again,
when he will fee it is that he drew. You
may do the fame with all the other paint-
ed cards, either with the fame pcrfon, or
with him who drew the ten of clubs.
The whole artifice in this Recreation
confifts in bringing the card at the top of
the pack to the opening in the middle, by
the wet finger, which requires no great
prafticc. You muft obferve not to let the
pack go out of your hands while you arc '
performing this Recreation,
RECREATION XCVIU,
'4 he cards in the opera glqfi,
"PROVIDE an opera glafs about two
■*■ inches and a half long, the tube of
which is to be ivory, and fo thin that the
light may pafs through it. In this tube
place a lens of two inches and a quarter
focuSk
:dbvGoogIe
RECREATIONS. 269
£}cus, fo that a card of about three quar-
ters of an inch long may appear of the
£ze of a common card. ,At the bottom
of the tube there is to be a circle of black
paftcboard, to which muft be fattened a
fmall card with figures on both Udes, by
two threads of filk, in fuch manner that
by turning the tube either fide of the card
may be vifible.
' ' You then offer two cards in a pack to
two perfons, which they are to draw, and
that ' are the iame as thofe in the glafs. .
After which you ftiow each of them the
card he has drawn, in the glafs, by turn-
ing it to the proper poiition.
The better to induce the parties to draw
the two cards, place them firft on the lop
of the pack, and then, by making the pafs,
bring them to the middle. When you
can make the pafs in a dextrous manner,
it is preferable, on many occafions to the
long card, which obliges you to change
the
qiiiz.d'.Goo^lc
•zfO iRA'tioNAL
-die :pa6k 'frequently ; -for olhef wife il
would be ii!)ibferved that the fame can! is
•always idrawo» and doubtkfs occafions
^Hlpicion.
■RECREATION XCIX.
^^be. magic- ring.
MAKE a ring large enough to go on
the fecond or third finger, {PI, XIV*
.Fig. 9.). in, which let-thwe be ftt,a,l^ge
tranfparent-ftone, to the bottpm pfWlich
muft be fixedr a fmall ,piece pf :hlack£lk»
that m»y be eithef drawn Afide,or.e?p3nd-
ed by turning :the ftooe.rouHd. JJadet
the filk is to be the figure of a imall
card.
Then make.a. peffon,draw the &me fcrt
of card as that.at the bottom, of the j*ii}gf
and tell. him to burn it in. the.faodle.
. Having firftfliQwa him. the ring» you iakc
. part of the burnt .cardf^-and.reduci^g xt io
pow-
U.,g,l,;.d.,C00gIC '
RECREATIONS. 271
poMfder, ytfa rub the' flsne with it, andit ,
the fame time tafn it artfully about, fo
that the fmall card at bottom may come
in view.
'RECREATION C.
^be card in the mirror »
PROVIDE a mirror, *Uher roiirid, as A,
(Plate XIV. Figure 10.) or oval,, the
frame of which muft be at leaft as wide
. as a card. The glafs in the middle muft
be made to move in the two grooves C D
aiid E F, and fo much of the quickfilver
mufl be icraped oiT at-B, as is equal to the
fize of a common card. Tou will obferve
that the glafs muff likewife be wider than
the diftance between the frame, by at leaft
-the width of a card.
Then pafte over the part where th«
quickfilver is rubbed off, a piece of pafte-
board, on which is a card, that muft ex- .
aftly
.,CoogIc
«72 RATIONAL
«L&ly fit the rpace. which muft at firA bd
|>Iaced behind the frame*
This mirror muft be placed ^atnft a.
partition, through which is to go two
firings, by which an afiiftaut in the ad-
joining room can ealily move the glafs in
the grooves, and confcquently make tho
card appear or dilappear at pleafure *4
Matters being thus prepared, you con-
trive to make a perfon draw the fame fort
of card with that fixed to the mirror, and
place it in the middle of the pack : you
* This Recreation may be performed witbofit
aa alfifUilt, if a t^lc be placed againft Ac parti-
tion, and the firing from the glafs be made to pals
through a leg of it, and communicate with a fmall
trigger, which you may calily pufh down with
your foot, and at the fame time be wipirtg the glala
with your handkercliief, that the card may appear
the more confpicuou;. It may alfo be divcrfified
by having the figure of a head, fuppofe that of
fome abfent friend, in the place of the card<
then
qiiiz.d ..Google
RECR^Atldl^S. 2^3
then make the pafs, and bring it to the
bottom i you then direft the perfon to look
for his card in the mirror, when the con-
federate behind the partition is to-draw it
dowly forward* and it wiH appear ai if
placed between the glafs and the quickiil-^
ver. Whik the glafs is drawing forward
you Aide off the card from the bottom of
the packi and convey it awa/i
The card fixed to the mirror may cafily
be changed each time the experiment is
performed. This Recreation may be alio
ihade With a print that has a glafs before
it, and a frame of fufiicient width; by
making a flit in the frame through )vhich
the card is to pafs j but the tffe& will not
be fo Ariking as in the mirrori
Vol. IV. 1* RECRE-
.,Coo<ilc
27+ RATIONAL.
RECREATION CI.
^be marvellous vafe.
PLACE a vafe of wood or pafteboard
AB. (PI. XIV. Fig. II.) on a brac-
ket L, fixed to the panidon M. Let the
infide of tbis vafe be divided into $ve
parts* Cy d, e^/t g i and let the diviiions c
and d be wide enough to admit a pack -
of cards, and thofe of r, /, g» one card
only.
Fix a thread of filk at the point H, th&
other end of wliich pafiing down the di-
vilion dt and over the pidley I, runs along
the bracket L, and goes out behind the
partition M.
Take three cards from a piquet pack,
and place one of them in each of the di-
viiions e, f, g, making the filk thread oi;
line go under each of them. In the di-
viiion Ct put the pack of cards from which
you
ib,GoogIc
RECREATIONS. 275
yoti have taken die three card* that are in
the other divifions.
Then take another pack of cards, at the
top of v^hidi are to be three c^ds of the
fame fort with thofe in the three fmall di-
vifions^ and faking the pafs, bring them
to the middle of the pack, and let them be
drawn by three different peribns. Then
give them all the cards to ihuffle, after
which place the pack in the divilion d^ and
tell the parties they (hall fee the three cards
they drew come, at their command, fcpa-
rately out of the vaie.
An affiltant behind the partition then
drawing the line, with a gentle apd equal
motion, the three cards will gradually riie
out of the vafe. . Then take the cards out
of the divifion £■, and fhow that thofe three
cards are gone from the pack.
f
The vafe muft be placed ib high that
the infide cannot be fecn by the company,
T 2 You
_,CoogIu ^_
«76 RATIONAL
You may perform this R«reatio4 alfff
. without an alTiltant, by fixing a weight to
the end of the ftlk line, which is to be
placedon a fupport, and let down at plea-
fine,' by meansof afpring in the partition;
Recreation en.
Tie jivinatrng f>irjpe3m glafs.
LET a fmall pcrfpeffive glafs bemade,
that is wide enough at the end where
the objea-glafc is plated, to hold a table
fimllar to the following.
J.131 io..t3J i9-'33
2.231 II. .232 20.233
3-33' >*--332 2'-333
4.121 13. .122 . 22.123
5.221 14,. 222 23.223
6.321 15..322 24.323
7.111 )6..ii2 25.113
8. 211 17.-212 26.213
9.311 18..312 27.313
To
ib,GoogIe
■^/ 1"^ ^. 3 .f.
«
« «
J*^. i^ ftajT
.,GoogK;A
D,q,i,i.:d=,.GoogIe
RECREATIONS. 277
Take a pack of cards that confifts of
27 only, and giving them to' a perfon,
defire him to fix on any one, then ftruffle
them and give the pack to you. Place
the twenty-feven cards in three heaps, by
la^ng dovrn one alternately on each heap,
but before you lay each card down fhow it
to the perfon without feeing it yourfelfj and
when the three heaps are finiihed, afk him
at what number, from i ^to 27, he will
have his card appear, and in which heap
it then is. Then look, at the heap through
the glafs, and if the firA of the three num-
bers ' which (lands againft that number it
is to appear at be 1 , put Aat heap at top ;
if the number be 2> put it in the middle ;
and if it be 3, put it at bottom. Then di-
vide the cards into three heaps, in the
fame manner, a fecohd and a third time,
and his card will then be at ihenumber he
chofe.
For example. Suppofe he defiie that
his card Ihall be the 20th from the top,
aad the firA time of making the heaps he
T 3 %
_,GeKv^li:
-&■;% RATIONAL
fay it is in the third heap j you then look
at the table in the pcrfpciftive, holding it
at the fame time over that heap» and you
fee that the firil figure is 2, you theFcfor«
put that heap in the middle of tlie pack.
The fecond and third times you in like
manner put the heap in which be fays it
is, at the bottom* the number each time
being 3. Then looking at the pack with
your glafs, as if todifcoverwhich the card
was, you lay the cards down one by one,
^nd the twentieth card will be that he
fixed on.
You may ihow the perfon his card in
the fame manner, without afking him at
what number it ihall appear, by fixing on
any number yourfclf. You may alfo per-
form this Recreation with tbc magnetical
dial defcribed in the third volume^ by
making the hand point to any number,
from I to 27, at which you intend the
card fliall be found.
Th«
i:,GoogIi:
RECREATIONS. 279
Thefbregoing recreations widi the cards
will be found fufficient to explain all others
of a iimilar nature, that have or may be
made, the number of which is very great.
To perform thefe we have dcicribed re-
quires no great praftice j the two princi-
pal points are, the making the pafs in a
dextrous manner, and a certain addrefs
by which you influence a perfon to draw
the card you prcfent.
Thole recreations diat are performed
by the long card are, in general, the moil
ealy, but they are confined to a pack of
cards that is ready prepared; whereas,
thofe that depend on making the pafs, may
be performed with any pack that is of-
fered.
T4 RECRE-
:dbvGoogIe
28p RATIONAL,
RECREATION CIII.
^be burnt mriting rfftored.
COVER, the outfide of ^ fmall memo^
randum-book with black paper, and
in one of its tnfide covers make a flap, to
open fecretly, and obferve there muft be
nothing over the flap but the black papcf
that covers the book.
Mix foot with black or brown foap, with
which rub the fide of the black paper hexf
the flap : then wipe it quite clean, (b that
X white paper prefled againft it will not
receive any mark.
Provide a black lead pencil that will not
mark witliout prefling hard on the papcr^
Haye likewife a fniall box, about the fize
of the memorandum* book, and. that opens
on both fides, but on one of theqi by a
private method. Give a perfon the pencil,
and a flip of thin paper, on which he is tp
\vrite
g,l,;.d.,C00gIC
RECREATIONS. zSi
write what hp thinks proper : yoq prefein
him the ineinoran4uai-book at the famei
time, that he may not write on the bare
board. Yoii tell him -tp keep what he
writfs to himfelf, and dire^ bin) to bpra
it on an iron plate laid on a chafingdifh of
coals> and give you the alhes. You then
go iD(o another room to fetch your magic
box> before defcribed^ and take with yo^
the ntemorandutq-book.
Having previoufly placed a paper under
the flap in the coyer of the book, when he?
prefles hard with the pencil, to write oq
his paper, every ftroke, by means of the
ftuff rubbed on the black paper, will ap-
pear on that under the flap. You there*
fore take it out, and put it into pne fide of
the box,
you then return to the pthcr room, and
taking a flip of blank paper, you put it
into the other fide of the box, ftrcwing the
p|l}cs pf die burnt paper over it, Then
fhaking
U.,g,l,;.d.XiOO^IC
282 RATIONAL
Jhaking the box for a few moments, and
at the fame time turning it dextroufly over,
you open the other fide, and flicw the per-
ibn the paper you tirfl; put in, the wiiting
on which he wiH readily acknowledge to
be his.
If there be a prefi or cupboard that com-
municates with the next room, as in the
64th Recreation, you need only put the
book in the prels, and your aiBftant will
open it and put the paper in the box,which
you presently after take out, and perform
the reil of the recreation as before.
There may likewife be a flap in the other
cover of the book, and you may rub the
paper ag^infl that with red lead. In this
cale you give the perfon the choice of
writing either with a red or black pencil t
and prefent him the proper fide of the book
accordingly.
RECRE-
g,l,;.d.,C00gIC
RECREATIONS. 283
RECREATION CIV.
^he opaque box rendered tranfparent.
MAKE a box of three or four inches
longt and two or three wide, and
have a fort ofpcrfpedlive glafs, the bottom
of which is of the fame fize with the box,
and Aides out, that you may privately
place a paper on it. The fides of this
perfpcdlive are to be of glaff, covered on
the iniide with fine paper.
Let a perfon write on a flip of paper,
putting your memorandum- book under
it, as in the laft Recreation. Then give
him the little box, and letliim put what
he has wrote into it. In the mean time
you put the memorandum-book into the
prcfs, where the perfpeilive is already
placed. Your afiiftant then takes the pa-
per out pf the book, and puts it at the
bottom of the pcrfpcftivc i which you pre-
sently take out of the*pref6, and direct the
perfon
ii^dbyGoO^IC
a84 RATIONAL
perfon to put the little box, that contains
fais p^er, under it. You then lode in at
the top of the pcrfpedivc} and feigning to
fee through the tpp of the box, you read
what is wrote on the paper at the bottopa
of the perfpcftive.
With this perfpeflive-boK you may per-
form another recreation, which is, by hav-
ing in a bag twelve or more ivory coun-
ters, numbered, which you Ibow to the
company, that they may. fee all the num*
bers are different. You tell a perfon to
4r4w finy one of them, ahd keep' it clofe
in bis hand. You then put the bag in th^
prefs, wJien your aHi^ant examines the
counters, and fees which is wanting, and
puts another of the fame number at the
bottom of the perfpeflive, which you then
take out ; and placing the perfon's hand
dofcto it,^ look in at the top, and pre-
tending to fee through his hand, you name
^c number on the counter in it.
JIECRE-
ib,. Google
RfiCREATIOkS. 285
RECREATION CV.
'TAe tranjpofahle pieces,
TAKE two guineas and two iTiillin^,
and grind part of them away, on one
fide only, fo that they may be but of half
the common thicknefs ; and obferve that
they muft be quite thin at the edge : then
rivet a guinea and a fliilHng together.
Lay one of thefe double pieces, with the
Aiilling upwards, on the palm of your
hand, at the bottom of your three 6rfi:
fingers ; and lay the other piece, with the
guinea upward, . in like manner, in the
other hand. Let the company take no-
tice in which hand is the guinea, and ia
which the Ihilling. Then as you fiiut
your hands, you naturally turn~the pieces
over, and when you open them again, the
{hilling and the guinea will appear toh^ve
changed their places.
RECRE-
i.,Goo^lc
286
RATIONAL
RECREATION CVI.
7bt geometric money.
DRAW on piftcbnrd the toUowing
reOaogle ABCD, whofe fide AC is
three inches, and AB ten iiKhes.
^
--
"
^
€
--
<
' i-
_
H_
B
.Divide the longeft 0de into ten equal
parts* and the ihorteft into three equal
parts, and draw the pefpendicular lines*
as in the figure* which will divide it into
thirty equal fquares.
From A to D draw the diagonal A D,
and cut the figure, by that line* into two
equ&l triangles* and cut thofe triangles in-
to two parts, in thedireftion of the lines
. E F and G H. You will then have two
trian-
_,CoogIi:
RECREATIONS. 28;r
triangles* and two four-fided irregular fi-
gures, which yOB are to place together,
in the manner they ftood at firft^ and ia
each fquare you are to draw the figure of
a piece of money ; ob£erving to make thofe
in the fquares, through which the line AD
pafles, fomething imperfect.
As the pieces ftand together hi the fore-
going figure* you will count thirty pkces
of money only} but if the two triangles
and the two irregular figures be joined to-
gether, as in the following figures, there
will be thirty-two pieces.
""
~
■~
B
L-
^
^
^
_
D
R E C R E-
., Cookie
Recreation cvit
The penetrative guinea.
PROVlbfi a round tin box, of the fizfi
of a large fnufF-boX, and in thi^
place eight other boxes, which will go ca*
fily into each other, and let the leafl of
them be of a fize to hold a guinea." Each
of thefe boxes (hould fhut with a hinge^
and to the leaft of them there mufl: be a
fmall lock, that is faftcned with a fpring,
but cannot be opened without a key : and
obferve that all thefe boxes muft ihut fo
freely, that they may be all clofed at once.
Place thefe boxes in each other* with their
tops open, in the drawer of the table od
which you may make your experiments /
or if you pleafe, in your pocket, in fuch
manner that they cannot be difplac^.
Then afk a perfbn to lend you fl new
guinea, and defire him to mark it, that it
may not be changed. You take this.piece
qiiiz.d ..Google
RECREAtiONS, aS^
In one hand, and in the other you have
Another of the. fiime appearance^ and put-
ting your hand ill the drayret you flip the
i)iece that is ciarked into the le^ box, and .
Shutting them all at once» you fake them
Out. Then OiowiDg thei piece you havC
in your hand, and which the company
fuppofe to be the fame that v^s juarked,
you pretend to make it pafs through the
box, and dextrbufly convey it aw^ay.
Yoii theri prelcnt the box, for the Ipec-
tators do not yft jk^ow there are njore thaii
one, to any ^fon.in company, who, whed
he opens k, finds uipther, aiid anoth«',=
tiUbec6Mes to tfaelaA,butthat he cannot
iipen .without the key, which you then ^ve
him^ ..and retiring to a. diftant part of the
tocarit you tell him to take out the guinea
him&If* and fee if it be chat he marked^
This recreation may be rriade more fur-
priiing, by putting the ^ey into the fnuif-
box of one of. tl?e company, which you
{nay . do by aiking him for a pinch of his'
^. Vol. IV. U fnuff.
ib,GoogIe
290 A A T I O N A L
fnuff, and at the fame time conceal the
key, which muft be vcfyfrnall, among the
fnuff: and when the perfon who is to open
the box a&s for the key, you tell him that
one of thb company has it in his fhuff-
box. This part of the recreation may
Kkewife be performed by means of a con-
federate.
RECREATION CVIH.
fibe refuJUtaUdJhwer.
PROVIDE a finall tin mortar, that i»
double as A> in the following Fig.
whofe bottbm B tarns round' on an axis
by means of a ipring which communicates
with the piece C. There muft be a hol-
low fpace under the falfc bottom. To
the underfide of the bottom nLften* by a
thread of fine filk, a flower, with its ftalk
and leaves.
Then take a flower that exa^y refem<
bles the other, and fucking it from the
flalk> and all the leaves from each other*
put
„l,;.d.,C00gIC
RECREATIONS. 291
put them into the mortar, and pound them
with a fmall peftle ; after which you fliow
the mortar to the company, that they may
fee the parts are all bruifed.
Then taking the mortar up in your
hands, you hold itoverthe flame of a lamp
or candle, by whofe warmth the flower is
fuppofed, to be reflored ; and at the fame
prefliug the piece at C, the bottom will .
turn round, the brui&d parts deicend into
the fpace under the bottom, and the whole
flower will be at top ; you then put your
hand into the mortar, and eaflly broking
the lilk thready which may be veryfhort
as well as fine, you take the flower out
and preient it to the company.
U z There
qiiiz.dzrGoOgIc
292 RAT lO 1?AL
There is an expeiimeat fimilar to thuGr
ia which -a. live bird .is concealed at the
bottom of the morui:, and one that is jdead
is pounded in it ^ after whichy by.thcjiiao-
bon of the bottom, the Uve bird is fet at
liberty^ But funlj^-liw pounding a bird
in a mortar, though it be dead, muA pro-
duce, in perfons of any det^acy^ mo(e dif>
gull than recreatipn.
AN ARTIFIClAt MEMORY.
THE reader muft have oblcrved, that
to pcrform^ fevcral of the recreations
in dits book, it is heceltary to have a good'
merhbr}' ; but as diat is a gift every one
has Hot from nature, many methods have
been contrived to fupply that defiaft by
art ; the moft material of which we fhall
here dcfcribc.
An artificial memory re^e^ either fi-
gures or wc^ds : for the former let the Bvp
vowels ate, t\ «, u, reprefent the firft five
digits ; the dipthongs that begin with the
firft four vow^, as auj ea, ie, «, fepro-
fcnt
:dbvGoogIe
Ibnj: the. reiiiELining four Sigtes, and let ^
■ftaadforan o,orcypher. Let the tcnfirft-
ifehfonaiits alfo ftlnd'forthe nine digits and
<h* cypher I as in the folio wing'table.
a
■'e
'i '
u
au
ea
ie
ou
V
I
2
c
3
d
y\:
6
k
■'^
.9
a.
.,,.;Tbeit to repralenjt 9ny ijupaber Igt the
fif fl letter b^ 9: voiwe] pr dipthotrg, the A-
]Cqb4' 4 cpalonanu ^ ct^ii4 a vpwe]> the
fcurth a cqn&nant, ^. Thus for the
nupiber 1763, you write, or remember the
WPf d aififid. Jf f fiere are ievepal funas to
he retained, you ^acc the words ^a forins
<}f verfes, which will make them more
pleafing to repeat and more eafy to remem-
ber : for example, if you would remember
i^jie dfites of tb? a/ccdEon of the family of
Stuart to -the crpara of England j thepow-
clerplqt; the decapitation of Charles I. the
Iteftorationj thp jRevoI«tioa ; the Union
of England and Scotlandj the accefBon of
' 0ie. Houfe of Hanover j and the laft re-
^}^oi), whieh wer« in 1603, 1605, 1649,
U 3 166a*
g,l,;.d.,C00gIC
294 RATIONAL
x660( 1689, 1707, 1714, and 1746, you
write as follows, for you are to obferve
that ID this, and in fimilar cafes, where the
firfl figure is always the fame, it is urnie*-
ceilary to write it after the fitft time.
Ahyd hyg horn haun
hiem kyk kaf kob.
This method is rendered in fome in-
ftances flill more eafy by adding parts of
words to datca : tbarto remember the date
of the accefiion of the monarchs from
' James I. to the prefent king, you may
' write as follows, omitting the letter that
would Hand for one thouiand.
Jaaibyd Chzrieg Chiihom }»mliug
WiWbiem hnJyc GeoTka/Seckei 1 hifdw*
"When feveral cyphers come together, in
ftesd of repeating/ or », you may write
y or n J, 3, &c. Thus for 3400 write
ifyZf and for s i;6o9o write ehuny
To remember any number of words, &-r
led the initial letters of thole words, and
to
U.,g,l,;.d.,C00gIC ■
RECREATIONS. 295
to the firft add a if it begin with a confo-
nant, or b if it begin with a vowel. In
like manner add « or c to the fecond initial
letter \ to the third add / or d\ to the fourth
otfi and to the fifth » or g. So that of
the iivc initials you make five fyllables,
which are joined together in one word.
Then of the next five initials you make,
in the fame manner, another word, and of
every two words you niay make a verfc*
For example, fuppofe you would remem-
ber the names of all the kings fince the
Conqueft, in the order in which they
reigned, you then write as f<Jlows.
W^jWifh/foha K<^e\ikftg
E^rfhrhflha "Ebcctihohu
Eknee/fjscu C^evikfgu Gage
Or if you would remember the letters
that begin any niunbcr of verfcs,' fuppoie'
the twenty-firft lines of Pope's Effay on
Man, you write as follows,
MuMxoeg PJt3£odXottt
Taoccd^flu BaQwiq/Yu.
V 4. THE
_,CoogIc
:,GoogIe
P O N T E N T S.
PNEUMATICS.
DEFINITIONS page I
Propertiefi of air, apb. I to J.^-^f the at-
jnofphere, aph, lo and ii.-»Of-:^e
wind, aph. 12 and 13.
PNEUMATIC APPARATUS.
Conftru^on of the common air-pump 6
The animometer g
The circular hygrometer 1 2
The perpendicular hygrometer 14.
Tfae thermometer 16
' The
U,g,l,;.d.,CoO^IC
298 CONTENTS.
The barometer p. 18
Rales for predi^ing the weather by the
barometer 22
RECREATION I. p 25
^be bottles brolu by air.
A bottle is placed over the hole in the
plate of the air pump, and the internal
air l>eing exhatilled the bottle is broke
by the weight of the external air. The
£unc cScSi is produced by the Spring of
the air in the bottle, when the weight
' of the external airis taken off. Aper-
fim's hand> when laid on the mouth of
•flie receiTcr, is prtflcd by a great weight.
RECREATION II, p. 27
The brefs bemij^heres,
Thefe henufpheres being placed dole to>
gether, and the air exhausted from them,
a force equal to ope hundred and eighty-
fevqn pounds is required to -. fcparate
Aem.
RECRE-
D,g,l,;.d.,C00gIC
-<:, O N T E N T S. SM
KECREATION UI. p.z8
Water ho^d by atr.
A veflel with, hot water is placed in the re-
ceiver, and the air being exhaufted the
water boUs with great rapidity.
RECREATION IV. p. 29
^be aerial bubbles.
A piece of ftone or iron being put in a
veiTel 6f water placed in the receiver,
and the air exhaufted, a great number
of bubbles, refembling drops of dew,
rife on the furface of the body in the
water.
RECREATION V. p. 29
'f be floating Jlone.
A piece of cork is tied to a ftone that will
iuft iiok it, in a veifel of water placed in
the
D,q,i,z.:d=,.GoogIe
g90 CO NT BAT TS*
the receiver, and the air is exhaufted,
\^en di« ilone and cork Soat dn the
/urface of the water.
RECREATION Vh. .p^fi
^be withered fruit reptre^^,'
A nirjvelled apple being placed in the re-
, cejver, ^ifd the ai^ exfaaufled« it is plum-
ed up, and, l9oks .as fair as when firft
gathered, ■ — ■
' RECREATJrPN yit p,3i
T5Stf w^eiab'k air bubMes:.
Part of 3 pUat. is" put in 4 ypStX of Wftter,
placed in the receiver : when ^ pjf is
cxhauAed that in the plant ariies from
the extrofiiit^.p^ all iCsyvc^l^, and
prefents a beautiful appearance.
RECREr
ib,GoogIe
e O ]f3* T E N: T S> gai
RECitEATXON- yra. p. 32
3%e mercuria/ nd.
A piece of ftidfc is pat in a veffel of mer-
cury, in the receiver, ind riie air ex-
hftuRed i when it is let in again It forces
the ittetcury into the fticfc, which is
then federal times heivier thati before,
and when cnt the ftwrcury gHtterg in
every part.
RECREATION IX. p. 33
A wins that is faftcocd to a bell In the re-
ceiver goes throO^ the top of it ; when-
the air is exhauftsd and the bell {hook
by the wire, fto found is heard-, but as
the air is let in again the {bund be-
s continually more audible. •
R E C R E-
q,i,z.:d=,GoogIc
3oa CONTENTS.
RECREATION T. p. 33
Feathers heavier than air,
A piece of lead is hung to one end of a
balance, and as many feathers to the
other end as will keep the balance in
equilibrio ; but when it is put in the
receiver, and the air exhauiled, the fea-
thers will [H-eponderate.
RECREATION XI. p. 35
f%e Je^-moving vbeel.
A wheel with fmall vanes is placed in the
receiver, and theatr exhaufted ; when it
is let in again, by a fmall cock, it ruOies
againft the vanes and puts the wheel in
motion. If the pumb be continually
worked the motion of the wheel will be
pcrpetua1,without any apparent mover.
RECRE-
bvGoogle
CO N T,E N TS. 303
RECREATION X«. p. 36
'The animated j^areu
Several perpendicular cylinders are fixed
in a circular frame ; in each cylinder is
placed the figure of :an animal, under
which is a pillion, ajid under that a
fpring ; and at the botto£n of the cylin-
der is a linaU hole. When this machine
is placed in the receiver and the air ex-
haufted, the figures all rife up out of
the cylinders } and when the air is kc
in again they all retire to their fevcral
apartmentG.
RECREATION XIII. p. 38
^be artificial halo.
■A candle is placed on one fide of a re-
ceiver, and a fpeftator on the other j as
the air is exhaufted the light of the can-
dle is refrafted into circles of various
colours, like thofe of a hialo.
RECRE-
_,Coo<ilc
3o4 CONTENT fi/
RECRElAtlQN Xiy. p; ggi
Tif tOercuruU Jko-wer:
A |>iece of wood is ce'it«nied to the top o£
the receiver," auidmercilry poured ovef
k. The prefiiire of the airy as the re-
ceiver ie ^ochaufted^ forces the mc^-
" cury through the wood in the ibmi-of
a fhower, that is Ibmetimes luminous
■ in the dark*
■ RECREATION XV. p. 39
The fountain in vacav,
A tube that is hermetically fedled at one
end, and clofed by a ftop-'cock at the
other, is placed on the receiver, and
when the air is exhaulted from the tube
it is immerfed in water, which will'
then . play up in the tube, in the form- .
»f a fountain.
RECRE^
g,l,;.d.,C00gIC
1
1
CONTENTS. 3»^
llE CREATION XVI. p. 40
'The air-gun^
The air-gun confifts of two barrels (Plate
III. Fig. I .) and a fyringe that condenfes
the air between the barrels. Near the
flock of the gun is a valve and a trig-
ger, by which the air is admitted be-
hind the bail and forces it out. Some
air-guns contain fcveral balls, which
they difcharge fucceflively.
kECRfeATlON XVti. p 42
Artificial rain and hath
In a hollow tyiinder (PI. III. Fig. 3.) that
has five oblique partitions, and a fmall
■ hole in each of them, is placed a quan-
tity of leadfliot, and when the cylinder
is turned round, the found of the fhot,
in paffing through the partitions, re-
fembles that of rain or hail, according
to the fize of the fliot.
Vol. IV. % RE-
u.,g,i,;.d.,CoogIe
3o6 CONTENTS.
RECREATION XVIIL p. 43
Tite magicaljlffmers and fruit.
The ftem of an artificial orangc-trec, that
is hollow, (PI. III. Fig. 4.) is placed in
a copper veflel, inwhich there is a quan-
tity of condenfed air, and when a cock
it turned, the air rufliing up the tree,
forces out the artificial ' fruit concealed
in the end of the branches.
HYDROLOGY.
DEFINITIONS p. 51
APHORISMS 52
The Properties of water, aph. i to 6.—
The laws of fluids in general, aph. 7
to 12.— Properties of folid bodies im-
merfed in fluids, aph. 13 to 16.
THE HYDROLOGIC APPARATUS.
Properties of the fyphon 58
The ftveral forts of pumps 61
The
g,l,;.d.,C00gIC
CONTENTS. 307
They hyrdometer p. 66
The hydroftatic balance 73
The fcrew of Archimedes 79
The balance pumps 81
The hydraulic fcoop 8«
RECREATION XIX. p. 84
^ke hydroftatic belk'ms.
Two drcular horizontal boards (PI. VI.
Fig. 5.) are joined by leathers, and in
the upper board is fixed a perpendicular
brais pipe. If a man, Handing on the
board, blow into the tube, he will rufe
himfelf up, or if water be poured in,
a large weight will be raifed.
RECREATION XX. p. 85
^bs -water^chck,
A glafs cylinder (PI. VII. Fig.i.) has a
fmall hole at the bottom, by which
water drops out. On tbefurfaceofthe
X 2 watet
giiiz.d ..Google
^ ■■
308 CONTENTS.
■water floats a glafs tube, whofe neck Ts
<onfined by the cover of the cylinder,
and as it defcepd&ihows the. hour, by a
icale marked on it,
RECREATION XXI. p. 8S
The giohular fountain.
Orer the jet of a fountain is placed a pipe,
and at the end of that a hollow globe,
in which a number of fmall holes are
made : the water of the fountain ruffl-
ing up the pipe enters the globe, and
being forced out of its holes forms- a
. ^hereof water.
RECREATION XXII. p, 89
The hydraulic dancer,
A fmall figure of a man (PI. VII. Fig. 2.)
is made of cork, andwithih it is placed
a cone of leaf hrafs : this figure being
placed on the top of a jet will reaiaia
iufpendedj.and perform a variety of
inQtiQil&
■D,„i,z.d.,CoogIc
CONTENTS. 309
inotions. A fimilar experiment is made
with a light ball of copper. Fig. 3.
RECREATION XXIII. p.90
The hemifpherkal cafcade.
To the top of a jet is fcrewed a pipe that
enters the bottom of an inverted cone
fPlate VII. Fig. 5.) The water from
the pipe falling into the cone runs over
it in form of a hemifpherical cafcade-
If this fountain be reverfed, it will have
the form of a yafe. Fig. 6.
RECREATION XXIV. p.91
The water- fun.
Two fmall portions' of a fphere (PI. Vfl.
Fig. 7.} are joined together, and fixed
to a pipe from whence a jet flows :
near that part where the portions of the
fpheresjoin, are a number of holes;
and the water ruftiing violently into the
X 3 cavity
ii^dbyGoO^IC
3IO CONTENTS.
cavity is forced out of the holes^in the
figure of the Sun. Several pieces of
this fort may be placed over each other,
and the lame pipe may fuppljr them all,
as in Fig. 8.
RECREATION XXV. p.gz
The revolving leater-Jun.
A number of fmall tubes are fixed in the
fide of a hollow circle, (Plate VIIL
Fig, I .) which is placed over a jet, in
fuch manner that it will turn freely
round. The water rufbing into the
hollow circle keeps it in continual mo-
tion, and at the fame time forcing out
of the tubes, forms the figure of a re-
volving fun.
RECREATION XXVI. p. 93
The phial of the four elements.
Clafs, finely powdered, oil of tartar, tinc-
ture of fait of tartar, and diftilled rock
oil,
g,l,;.d.,C00gIC
CONTENTS. 311
oil, are put into a phial, and fliook to-
gether; after a ihort time they feparate,
jind each afliimes its place, according to
ks Specific gravity ; the glafs at hottom
reprefenting the earth, the oil of tartar
the water, the tinilure the air, and the
rock oil, which mounts to the top, the
clement of fire.
RE CREATION XXVII. p. 94
The magic bottle.
A bottle, with a very fmall neck, being
filled with wine, and placed m a veffel
of water, (Plate V^If. Fig. 2.) the wine
will come out.of the bottle and float on
the furface of the water, which will
defcend and fill the bottle. A fimilar
effect is produced by filling the bottle
with water, and placing it, with the
mouth downward, inaveflelof wine.
X 4 R.E-
_,CoogIc
311 C O NTE I^ T S,
REC?.EATION XXVHI,p.96
'The compound jet d'eau.
A tube with a very fmall orifice is inferted
in the neck of a popper veffel, ( PI. 'V^I.
Fig. 6.) in which there is a cock. Air
is firft inje£tcd by a fyringe, and then
water, and the cock is turned. This
vefTel contains an extempore jet d'eau ;
for whenever the cock is opened, the
■yr^ter rufhes out with grea( violence.
REGREATIGN XXIX. p, 9 S
7fie marvellous vejfel.
At the bottom of a tin veffel, that has a
narrow mouth, there are a great num,-
ber of very fmall holes. This veffel
is plunged in water, and corked when
it is fuU, and as long as it remains fo
no water will come out, but when it is
yncorkfd the water TjriH run out of the
holes
_,CoogIc
CONTENTS. 313
holes at the bottom of the veffeL An
experiment on the fame principle, by
placing a paper over a glafs filled with
water, then inverlingtheglafsanddraw-
ing the paper away ; when the vf^tef
will rem^n fufpended in the glafs.
RECREATION, XXX, p. 99
T^e circulating fountain.
This fountain has two boxes, the upper-
moft of which is fupported by two hol-
low pillars (Plate VIII. Fig. 5.) And
on that box is placed a bafon, into
which water being poured, it runs down
one of the pillars, into the lo'yer box,
and driving the air up the other pillar,
into the upper box, force? the water up
a pipe, and forms a fountain The wa-
ter falling into the bafon, defcendsby the
pillar, in the fame manner as befor6,and
making a frefli impulfe on the water in
(he upper bafon, by forcing the adf up
9 ^^f)
ii^dbyGoO^IC
314 CONTENTS.
the other pillar, the fountain is kept
continually playing* as long as any wa- '
ter remwis in the upper bojr.
RECREATION XXXI. p.ioa,
7be magical cafcade.
In a tin veflel, (Plate VJII. Fig. 4.) water
is poured, and in the center of it is fixed
a pipe, whofe upper end is above the .
water in the veflel : to this pipe are
joined four arms, by vrhich it is fup-
|)orted over a bafon, at the center of
which is a fmall hole. At the bottom
of the veflel are fever'at fmall tubes, by
which the water runs into the bafon;
but when it rifes above the lower end of
the pipe, in the center of the veflel, the
circulation of the ^r being {lopped, the
tubes ceafe to flow. When fo much
of the water is run out of the bafon as
to admit the air to enter the pipe, the
tubes flow again : and thus they alter-
5 nately
q,i,z.:d=,GoogIe
CONTENTS. 315
natcly flow anJ flop, as long aii any
water reniains in the veflel.
RECREATION XXXIL p. 104
T/ie illuminated fountain*
This fountain is formed by two cylin-
drical veflels that are conneded by four
pipes, (Plate VIII. Fig. 7,) On the
lower veflel is placed a bafon, from
which goes a tube, that reaches almoft
to the bottom of the veflel, and by which
water is poured into it To each of the
pipes a candleftick is joined, and when
the candles are lighted, the air in the
pipes being rarified, that in the upper
veflel rufhes down the pipes, and prefl"-
ing on the water in the lower veflTel,
, makes it rife out of the tube, in form of
a fountain : but when the candles are ,
extinguished, and the circulation of
the air flopped, the fountain no longer
plays.
ixibvGooglc
3i6 CONTENTS.
RECREATION XXXIII. p. 105
The folar fountain,
A globe of thin copper, half 611ed with
water, is placed on a frame (Plate Vllf.
Fig. 8.) There is a communication
between the lower part of the globe,
and a pipe placed in a bafon at the bot-
tom of the frame, by one of the legs,
which is hollow. Near the pipe in the
bafon is a cock, by which the commu-
nication may he ilopped. When the
fun fhines on the globe the air within
it being rarified, preffes on the water,
andforcing it down theleg of the frame,
opens a valve at the bottom^ and the
water rifes out of the pipe in the ba-
fon, in form of a fountain. At night
the cold air preffing on the adjutage
fliuts the valve, and flops the fountain ;
and at the fame time preffing on. the
water in the bafon, forces it back into
the
:dbvGoogIe
CONTENTS. 317
' the globe, io as to fill it to ttle fame
hfeight as before.
RECREATION XXXIV. p. 108
T/ie cup of Tantalus,
In a. tall narrow cup (Plate IX. Fig. i.)
is placed an image, in which is con-
cealed a fyphon, that beginning at one
foot rifes to the upper part of the breaft,
and from thence defcendingthrough the
other foot, on which the image ftande,
goes out at the bottom of the cup.
Therefore, when the liquor poured into
this cup rifes to the chin of the image,
it begins to run out.
RECREATION XXXV* p..ijo
Thefea gage-.
This inftrumentconfiftsofa hollow globe,
.(Plate J^ Fig. 2, and 3.) to which is
iixed
ii^dbyGoO^IC
3i8 CONTENTS.
fixed a tube, that is immerfed in a veflel
of mercury, on which floats a furface
of treacle ; and to the bottom is hung a
weight, fufficient to fink the whole ma-
chine. While this infirument is fink-
ing the water will force the mercury and
treacle up the tube, according to the
depth it has defcended, and the mark
of the treacle on the tube fhowsto what
height it has been forced. When the ma-
chine comes to the bottom, the weight
ftriking ag^nft the ground is difen-
gaged, by meansof a catchand a fpric^,
aad the other parts of the machine rife
to Hie furface of the water. By the ad-
dition of the ball and tube. Fig. 3, the
feamay be founded to the depth of
13200 feet, that is, two miles and a
inlff p. 114.
KECRE-
:dbvGoogIe
CONTENTS. 319
RECREATION XXXVI. p. iij.
The dhing bell.
This machine is in form of a bell, (Plate
IX. Fig. 4.) and is coated with lead.
In the top is iixed a glafs, to let in the
light, and a cock to let out the foul air.
Near the bettom is a circular feat for
the divers to fit on. This bell is fup-
plied with air by two barrels, that are
let down and drawn up a.lternately ; and
it is fo light, in fair weather, that the
divers can fee to read diftinflly. This
machine is let down from the £hip by
a fprit fattened to the maft-head. There"
is a contrivance to difpatch a diver to
the diftance of a hundred yards, p. lao.
Conftru£tion of a different machine for
a fingle perfon. Fig, 5. p. 123; ^
py'ro.
i:,GoogIe
3ft» O N t E NT ^.
t Y R O T E G H N I C a
Definitions p. 127
APHORISMS 12^
Abfolute and relative heat, aph. i t6 3.— ^
The eflFefts of fire on other bodies^
aph. 4 to 9. — Other properties of fire^
aph. 10 to i2j
RECREATION XXXVlI. p. 133
The inflammable phofphorus.
The meal of any vegetable' is put into art
iron pan, where it is heated till it
becomes a black powder. To one part
of this powder are added four parts of
alum, and the ,'whole put into a phial*
and placed in a fand heat, andgradually
raifed till the glafs and matter is red
hot ; the neck of the phial is then clofed
with wax. A fmall quantity of this
powder being Ihook out, immediately
takes fire and burns. This phofphorus
will
ii^dbyGoO^IC
c; N t E N t 3. 321
Will retain its virtue^ ||f it be kept from
the aJTt for three monthsv
HEGREAflON XXXVin. p. 136
'The Uqmd pbo/pbortts,
A fm^l piece of common phbfphorus is
boiled in water, and the mixture is put
in a phial, which is i^ed up; This
mixture ihines in the dark for feveral
months, when the phial is diook. Pleaf-
ing recreations to be made with this
phofphonis, p. 137*
RECREAtlOrJ XXJCliC. p. 137
^be JvlmJnattng pld.
To a dilTolutLon of gold ib aqua regia coA-
mon water is added, and to that mix-
turei the fpirit df ial . dramoniae : the
gold that precipitates is taken out and
dried. A grain of fhis ppn'der put in
a fpo4n> over a candle^ WiU go off widi
a loUd'report. ' "
_,GeKv^lc
322 CONTENTS.
RECREATION XL. p. 138
'J'be burning fountain.
An eolipile, containing fpirit of wine, is
placed in a veflel of boiljng water (Plate
X. Fig. II.) To the eolipile is joined
a pipe, whofe orifice is extremely fmall.
The fpirit is forced out of the eolipile
by the heat of the water, ind when a
candle is brought near the veflel, the
fpirit takes fire, and continues to burn,
fcr fonie time. This phenomenon im-
proved by lifting over it the filings of
iron, p. 140.
RECREATION XLl. p.'i4o
Princ^ Rupert's drop.
Afniall quantity of melted glafs is droppad, '
, into ^Yater, \W»ere it afiupies the form
of a drbp[»\^Ith aftaall tail; and,«4ien.
that tail is broke the whole dro^Uurlls
• .' * 1 ' ' -with •
9^
C O N r E N^T,S. 323
with violence into a fijae pmvJer. Con- ■■
jc{fturc on the caufe of tKigphenome-
non, p. 141. . f
RECREATION XLII.' p. 142 ,
7'/>e revrofjied'rojh.- ' <
A faded rofe is held over the fumes of ful- » »
phur, when it becomes quite white :. it
is then dipped in water, and after five - '
or fix hours it becomes qui^e red.
... * . ^' •'• * •";
RECREATION XUII. . p. 143!
Writmg m glafi by the rays of the fun.^ »
», ' ' *
J In n glafs decanter,, welt fl:opped, ^at '■
^ ' ». contains a diflblutidn of ctialk ih aqua ,
a ^ * . ftctis, is put a difiTokiKbn of filver;
'* piv the docanfer is pafted a paper,' from
' • , ' wbiohidtt^rs ar^rut'dut, and when it - •'
:, • is fet^in'ihe fiyi the parts on the gjafs •;•
. ' . #, ■■ thatii^rm the letters turn black. •*
•» ♦. ^ • ;
• * ''Y a •, . , RECRE- ' *
. •••. •■:.•'
»' • • • •• .
••, • •. i • ♦ • • »
*• ■* ■» ■• . ". *. L../_.C,ooylc
' * « ^ „ • •• * ' ■
314 CONTENTS.
RECREATION XLIV. p. 144;.
• ^be magic piSurt.
Betweens two pieees of jg^fs placed at
■• * one-twcatiedi of an inch, from eachf
^ other, a jlflHIadon of hog's. lard and .
' *white wax' is poured ^ A coloured print
is pafted with Us face to one of the
glalTes, and the whole is putinafradie.
When the-Ainixture i« cold the print is
iijvirible, but' when t&e glaiTes are'heat- *
•ed tfc'e print appears as if -there wat
' only one glaj(^ ^efore it> * ^
* * ■ '.
RECREAtlON XLV. g. 146>4
, *■ ^he bwAioitt oracie* ' ' « '
la the. front of ari«iip'r]ght'tin-box, (Pl^, ^
XII. Fig. I.) is ft fm^lTquareiiol|t, aifll
in the back is a dqor; by wiycfi eddies*
ate put in. In the tw(?lides av groqvcf^
•*
Ml which Hide s
# • »' * T
double^laTs, p;-cpa«eA» ', * ,
•
«
;■♦ ' . "C O.N-T E N T S. 325
as in tbe ' laft recreation : liehind this
* ' glafs'ls pafted a ~black paper/ from
-which letters are cuf out, that aufwcr
^ "queftioas vrt-otc on cards?" 'When a part
• . * of the glrffc $haX tdhtains a particular *
■anfwcr is dr^wn up/ before the , hole,
■ % ' the hea^o^ ^e cimdles m^cs the let-
■ , ters beComeVHiblc. * •
* ■ ■ •
. lCECRffA.TIjbN XLVI. p. 149'
Tto produce the a^e^rance of a fiower from
- * ^iu afbts. ' • • '* ;
•■ ,- . • ,*••.. .
Tn4hefrontofaiinbaK,(Pl.'Xir^Fig.*f.) .
is a glaf^; behibd it-is ft foiall tin ti^e»
. ' in ^iq^i a flower^s placeft, ^nd behind \
«V «l»*t a double glafs,fprepared^as in tbe
• 4^th Rfecreatidn, You prifent a flower^
■^ »»fimilar to that in 4he tube, to a perfon, •
1 'Which he" thrt^ oii, a shafingdiJh of
' *^ hot (^aj& i you then place the chafing-
* ^ifli rfhder tne baxj and the heat'makes
q^e flpwe^in the tub^gradually vifible.
* ^ » * • •
• .» . Y3 •' *RECRE-.
- • .^^
...i,____, Google
3«6 CONTENTS.'. , -
RECREATION XLVII., p. 151, ^
T'o produce Jfe1y.*l^ mi>^re of two cold -
' ■* * liquors. • t ' ' t "
An -equal qu|iiitfty^f tjje diftflled'oiof • ^
cloves o^urpenti^, and of Glaubcr't * «
,fpiril of niti?r'fnade«^4:eie^efcribed, ," ■■
* are put togethrt- in a glafe veffel, tnd* t
* the mixture immediately^ stakes fi{»and *
burns awa^. * »*'•<' ^ * *
- • -. • *
; RfiCR.'fiA'T-Jt.ON-'Xi.Min. p-ua'
. ■• '.-^ MfjficiaJ lighiTdn^.x- • -' > '
* Powder of ^elin js put inia 5ivlDj?e that
has*h(51es on on^ fide, •bJiTwhich the* *
powdSr i| flioolc o\ser *he ^me qf "if • •
tojch, when it-jtoSut^s a^>oi;i«feation-
"ihat flrongHji refernyg^ figjitning. ^*_,* V**
*, • '• ■•-.■••,• ■#•■•'
.-'•*- .*• ■ '
• • •• •'*■•' **.♦'.
. - ■ • • •KtbiB-* .,"' •
.' • •/ ..
. • •»'.y- v." ':■
»C'.oO'(.
CONTENTS. 327
RECREATION XLIX. p. 153
Artificial tbukdcK.
An ounco of.QiJ of vitfiol and two drams
* * of iroii flings are fiiook in "a ftrong
- , " little, ^nd when a lighifd candie'is
brought near* the mouth of the bottle,
*aft inflammation ani^^a loud noUe"'pre-
' , feotly enfti«, A*fimihir cxplofion pro-
, * duced liy glrttifig' a certain' quantity of
thiC* mixture «if^ree parts of nitre, two
» of fait o'^^irtar, aftd t\iy5 of*fulphnr, in
. an iron »Ili^vel over«a coal fire..'' ^ ' . . .
* - ^ £#oAe a fl © N." ^. p." 155
' '" '" . • *'•**. ♦ * •• . - .' '
• . .^ Equal quantities ^f i«on filings anc^ ful-
' • • . "phur^are.grouiid l^gether : ajjout fifty
* -JiUJrtids-of.thi^ powder is wrought up ^
* ^ .*'|Kth waj;r 'into a ll:iff,pal^, and bufied
» ^ *. ^a»fooyiij<%r the. earth. In about eight
p»« *»••- ^4 '-. , hours
_,GeKv^lc
328 CONTENTS.
hours the ground will heave, emit fuU
pfaurcous ileams, and at h&, burfting
idto flames, form a true volcano.
RECREATION LI. p. 158
T9 imitate ajft defeu, eolumttt g^be^ or py-i
ramidofjire.
In a black or deep blue paper are made a
nflmber of cuts "with the end of a pcn-
kmfe> and hole^ witfi a piercer, that all
■run ia ftrai^htHines, A in Plate X. Fig.
Xi jind 2*: behind the papA«4& placed a
• . Arbtig" liglit,^ by which thp ^gyre^ apT
pear as Bright »ilIuininaUons. To give'
theie pie9cs motwn* Jhey muj^ MM^ced *
- ' on a wheel of thin M4ire,adap5»d«o thei;-
figures, as that of Fig.«7.«to die pjccq^ ^
5 and 6 i to thefe wheels any €egree of *
velocity may bc'^ven.^To rcprefent •'
pieces ^hat flow fremShe circumference ^ ,
tothecenter.andatthefame^^tn^QAers k** a« •
tbat flow fwrn* tjie-^^pter to the circuin- ♦ . , * ^
feftnct,^ aS in Fig. 9* a tlftuWc fpiral , „
' , ' ■ ' - * flftel , • *
_,Coo'^k'
CONTENTS. 329
wheel, as Fig. 10, muft be placed be-
hind the other. When thefe pieces
are of a fmall fize they fhdald be placed
in a box, that no light may appear, but
what comes through the paper,
JIECREATION LII. p. i66
fo retrefent cafcades offire^
T^e paper to reprefent a cafcade is wound
upon a roller, as Plate XI. Fig. 3, and
as the handle is turned, and the paper
gradually* defcends, it reprefents a caf-
cade .of fire. A cafcade may be alfo
, feprefetited by a iptral, as in Fig. 4.
■ ^ JlECft'EATION Mil. p.169
• *"*"• ' - ' '^jTpkathe illumittations. ,
f ' •k ' Thefe illuminfttidns differ froiJi the preced-
L . & » ing,*ih having figufts^ of arehitefture,
; • i* ^. fef'di»wa«pn thtfjforc parl(ff the^pa-*
I ,* ' i • •* * *wr.« awi ^thol^*^rt6 •nly /where, the
• •• ]am^*^S t<f appAr, cut; or pierce^. "*
'.'*»■•'♦* • • » Tlwy
.,t-^.eKwk
330 CONTENTS.
They are placed in a box/ with a very ,
ilrong light behind ; and a faint light
before them, to jnake the drawing <^
the front of th* paper viable.' The ,.
light of all theCe illuminations lboul4 .
he of diifercnt colours, according to the
pieces thqy are tQ reprefeAt, aiid, which
is to bt effe»aedl>j parting a very thin
paper, tinged with a particular coWiir^
, over the parts cut outv ' f- *
A P PEN P*I X. ,- /
RECREATipN .I4V., p. ijs * ^
Chy?nici{\tranJbel(if{rations': ^^ ^ %
Antitnooy and n^cury, l^.d«iffcrc«t pie^ * -'' ^ '
parations, produce alm«ft all the C(j^oufs „* ^
of nature. A gold cftlonr^is^roade by • » *'''
. mij&ig a-Jifupid liquer with a "g{^ * \^*» • » '
powder, and tbei>ch^flged to the c^Ioi^ * ^
of^milW J»^,be*iq^.^ou?Sdi,iDl(B a^eai^ ,• f ,,*
' qii(it tiS-n^,blueV and«haj n^:^ I?^^-»V • » '■ .
**, -'■■ «••*• * Ifteid ^"•* *
CO NT E-NT S.: ,531
** '^ucid. M^tl^^d of pro4"cing . vanoua
^ ,' blues tmd^eens, p. 177.
- f • ". •■ , > • . '
. ' ^.■. RECKEATIOtJ LV.. pi 17$
,»■*"' . ♦■
^ ^4. cphtffltp liqmrHs made black, by punnj^
;^ * ^ ♦ , An infufiorv of white* gglk is poured into '
.* , : ^ :A glali ^p*i Jpl9«a folution «f- vi-
- ▼ triol.. ,• , , ■
" * 4 r '• •■ ■■,*■■
* * -^ • - R^ f R e'a^**! O;^ LVK p. '178
* » ■■>'• * ^ * t ^ *■ ' ' '" ■■
^ t- ^ pellucid. ^u» ts t^ned black-, by. adding
*■ «^ • ^. , to it awsbue i^der* ■ *
'.*♦'*•••' *•«•-.- *^ « ■
L* * * » Xlie fame dftqp b/ ^'^UucicWrfip^ or by
I ^ * •» / the .additlbn of yelroiwp^reii powder,
■ . «(^ by a dry ^f g^d coloured 4iquor> p.
i ■ • • •■ '79- — ^ftthod of.fti^n^any of thefe
I *♦ • '^ ^'bja»k Iiqu»r^ pclJiici*^£diB| *p. 180,
^' . • •* ^d then ^a'in blSc^, «£«. . ♦
";.•-.*.«.-..-••..'■•;•..•••,. ..;
.'; .-'v .•• .* • •••• .• .R^cjjE- ,
~ . •' • #* • ■ -. • •
332 CONTENTS.
RECREATION LVII. p. iSi **
tit
Bjffirmt a/ours art- prodiKcd •liy^uring% • ■
-^mpid tiquor into a dean gtq^. ♦•*
'■ . ".. -• \ • •*
Afolution of mcrcu'ryorfilver, in fpint _
of nitre,, is poured Into ■ glafs , dipped «
iafpitit offejfjU, ' * , _ ,
. * " ' ' » •' ♦ '
RECREATJOSr LVlh." j>. ,J!z ••■ v. •
• •• . . .
^bt £^r that dpp»ars%id^f£^earhiy • ' ..
the ixfumie if iix air. ^ ♦* • ^'^
**!* J***' *
A Uue tinflure in^Se rf ^pper fflii)g .,
diftilvcd in Kolitil* Tpirit, ,di(^pp«i*»
wh«n,the botAb is^ftopp^ i>utwl*^•, ' ,»
it i» unffopped^e coloSrjjrefei^ly ttj •<,*.*
• ,• ! • , • •
'•, aief» inks ie-of Ave fcrtsi«he iirft oft • .^*
'• wjifii ife,tboft*jhat aS^nviflbH,tilt i '. • .]
*' • expofed to"& fumes of anntherftuofr. • .•
• .. . •- •*•• ' i55--. . ;,
r
C ONT E NTS. 533
Pifftfcnt mtf hods of making thefe inks,
'p. 184. Method of preparing the yivi-
'fying liquor to make this ink apparent.
RECREATION LIX. p. 18^
Itbe book of fate,
Chi^feventy qr eighty papers qneffions are
?wrote, and under them anfwers in thefc
fympath^tiiE ink*. Several of thefe pa-
pers are choft by different perfons, who
»put ' them ^in-a book that has the fame
number- of ^teafves/ Mid on which tha
•*fiffae questions a;o wrote. In the cover
« ' bF this hock, is concealed a doi:4>Ie pa-
' j»er, dipped in the Vivifying liquw,' and
'the Jjook is clofcd ; when the vapour of
the liqudr, pdfiefrating the leaves, makes
• «thcanfwcrson the papers BeccHnevifible.
_, Google
334 CONTENTS
RECREATION LX. p. 191
Tj&f marvellous portr.v*'
At the bottom of a bbx (Plate XII.Fig.. 5.)
is placed a paper dipped in the vivify-
ing liquor, and o*et it is put a pafteboard.
Several papers on which figures are
drawn with the fympathetic inii, are
given to a perfon, and he making choice
of one of them, you tell him it ihall
fiiow him the portrait, and prefent thrf
employment of an abfent friend :. then
putting the paper in the box, and preff-
ing it down by a board over it, after a
few moments you take it out, and fhow
him a figure in die employment you in-
tended.
RECREATION LXI. p. 193
ftbe artykial band.
Ahandandarmofwood^conftrufted me-
chapicaUy, are j4aced on a pedeftal, co-
vercd^
V »• . ■
CONTENTS. 33f
Tered with green cloth (PI. XII. Fig. 6.)
Between the thumb and fore-fingers,
which, are moveable, is placed a pen,
and under that part of the cloth is put
ia paper dipped in the vivifying liquor-
Several cards, on which queftions are
wrote, are given to a peffon, and he
choofing one of them, you place a pa-
per, on which the anfwer is wrote in
the fympathetic ink, under the pen,
and giving the arm a motion, by means
of an aihilant in an adjoining room, to
the partition of which the arm joins, by
the time the pen has pa0ed over tha
paper the anfwer will be vifible.
Sympathetic inks of the fecond clafs, which
are thofe that become vifible by being
expofed to the air. Inks of this kind
made by the diffolution of filver aod
other metals, p. i gy.
RECRE.
ib,GoogIc
33^ CONTENTS.
RECREATION LXIL p. ig8
Tfe writing againfi the wdlU
A queilioa is wrote with cotntnon \vk,
and under it the. anfwer in this fympa-
thetic ink. This paper being placed
againft a wall, the anfwcr will be vifible
after twenty-four hours.
RECREATION LXIII. p. 199
^be tali/matt.
This talifinan conlifts of a trlangtilar me-
tal box, (Plate XII. Fig. 7.) in the top
of which is concealed -a heated plate of
Iron. A paper, on which a queftion is
wrote in common ink, and an anfwer
in that fort of fyihpathetic ink which
- does not appear till it is heated, is put
in the box, and after a few moments
the anfwer appears ; each word of which
is of a diiferent colour.
RECRE-
ixibvGoogle
r
CONTENTS. 337
RECREATION LXIV. p. 202
Tbejibyls.
On the top of a hollow pedeftal (Plate
XIII. Fig. I.) is a dial, that has nineteen
divlfions, in twelve of which are dra^n
the figns of the zodiac, and on the
others the feven planets. To this dial
is fixed an index, that is moved by a
pulley underneath : this pulley com-
municates with two rollers in a box at
the end of the pedeftal, and on thefe
rollers are wound a paper, on which is
wrote the names of the feven fibyls, one
. of which appears at an opening in the
front of the box. On feven cards quef-
tions are wrote, and the figns of the pla-
nets drawn, and on the feven leaves of
a book arc wrote, in the fympathetic ink
that does not appear till heated, the
names of the fibyls, and in each leaf,
jon pieces of paper, diiFerent anfwers
Vol. IV. ■ Z to
_, Google
2sS CONTENTS.
to each queftion on the cards. A pep-
fon choofcs one of the cards, and con-
ceals iKe reft; then fets the index ta
the fame planet on the circle as on-
his card, and covers the circle. He
next opens the door in the front of the
box, and tells you the name of the fi-
byl. You then take .out the papers in
that leaf of yourboolc where the name
of that fibyl is wrote, and the peribn
choofing one of them, puts it into the
' talifman, and in a few moments ic
ftiows the anfwer^
RECREATION LXV. p. at'o^
9'£>e magic urn.
You draw on a paper the figure of a flower,,
with that ink which refembles it in co-
lour, and does not appear till heated^.
You thqn burn a flower of that fort on-
a chafingdifh of coals, and ftrewing.
fome of the allies over the paper, you
put it in an urn, (Plate XUI. Fig. 5.) in
whicb
i:,G6o^k
CONTENTS. 339
Which a fmall heated cylinder is, con-
cealed, and taking it out prcfently after,
you (how the figure of the flower on tho
paper.
Methods of noaking yellow, red, green»
and violet fympathetic inks of the fe-
cond clafs, that is, fuch as are hot vifi-
ble, till another liquor is pafied lightly
* over them, p. 209. — Preparation of the
liquor to make thefe inks vifible, p. 2 1 1 .
RECREATION LXVl. p. 212
^be revmified bouquets^
A bouquet is made of artificial flowers,
each of which as put in one of thefe
fympathetic inks» , The bouquet is then
dipped in the vivifying liquor, when
each of the flowers prefently appear of
its natural coloun
2 a RECRE-
g,l,;.d.,C00<ilc
2+0 CONTENTS.
RECREATION LXVII. p. 213
'The tranfcohurated •writing.
You write feveral words on a paper with •
the violet ink, and aik a perfon whe-
ther he will have them appear yellow,
green or red. You then take a fpunge
that has three dillind fides, each of '
which is wetted with oneof thpfe three
fympathctic inks, and draw one of the
fides of the fpunge over the writing,
according to the colour required.
Sympathetic inks of the third clafs, that is,
fuch as become vifible by having a fine
powder ftrewed over thenj, p. 214.
RECREATION LXVIU. fzi^
Magical vegetation.
A leaf or flower being drawn with this ink,
youburnafimilar leaf or flower, and ftpew
its
.,Cooglc
CONTENTS. 341
its afhes on the drawing, when the fi-
gure becomes immediately vifible.
Sympathetic inks of the fourth clafs,
which are fuch as become vifible by be-
ing cxpoled to the fire, p. 215.
RECREATION LXIX. p.216
'2'&e tranfmutabk cards.
Over an ace of hearts draw, with this iym-
pathctic ink, a J^ade and four other ,
fpades on each fide of it. Let a perfon
draw this card, and another perfon the
nine of fpadcs, and let the lafl perfon
burn his card^ You give the aflies to
Jiim who drew the heart, that he may
put them, with that card, in a metal
box, over a chafingdiith, for a fhort time,
and when he takes it out, he finds it
jti^rned to the nine -of ipades.
Z 3 RECRE-
.,GoogIc
342 CONTENTS.
RECREATION LXX. p.217,
^he convertible cards.
You write on a card the word law, with
this ink, and hold it before the iire till
it is viilble. You then add to and alter
the letters of that word, with this ink,
fo as to make it old woman, and leave
. the alteration invilible. A perfon draws
this card and writes his name on it,
i which you hold to the fire to dry, when
the alteration you made becomes vi-
fible.
RECREATION LXXI. p. 213
^be oracular letters.
Several queftion? are wrote on different
papers, in this ink, and held before the
fire. The anfwers are wrote and left
inyifible. , Thefe papers are folded up
in form of letters, with the anfwers un-
der
q,i,z.:d.,GoogIc
C O N T E N T S. 343
der the part where they are fealed, and
the heat of the' wax makes them vifible.
A fimilar experiment with a card en-
■clofed in a letter.
Method of making the fympathetic ink
of the fifth clafs, which does not ap-
pear till heated, and difappears when
cold, p. 22t.
RECREATE ON LXXII. p.aaa
'T'6e incomprebenjibk writing.
The names of two cards are wrote with
this ink, at -the two ,ends of a paper,
(PI. XIII. Fig. 6.) Two perfons draw
the fame cards privately, and you pro-
pofe to make the names of thofe cards
appear on the paper, without knowing
what they are. You then put the pa-
per in a metal box. Fig. 4, under one
end of whofc cover is a heated plate -of
metal, and the names become, alter-
^lately vifible,
Z 4 RECRE-
ii.db.Goo^lc"
3H C O 'N T E N T S.
RECREATION LXXIH. p. 252
Winter changed tofpring.
In a print thatreprefents winter, the trees,
plaftts, &c. are traced over with this
ink, and when the print is fet in the
iiin they become preicntly green. !f it
be placed again in the cold, winter again
appears : and thus the two ieafons may
be changed, alternately, a great nutaber
of times.
Methods of making l)'mpathetic inks
that appear by being wetted with' wa-
ter, p. 226.
RECREATION LXXIV. p. 228
"The Qr(icuhr mirror,
A mirror is moveable in a frame j (Plate
XIII. Fig. 7,) on one fide of this mirror
is wrote, with Spanifii chalk, the word
_,Cooglc
CONTENTS. 345
yes ; on the other fide is wrote no : thefe
words are wiped off, but when bfcalhcd
on become vifible. A perfon afking a
queftion, ybu put your mouth to the
mirror* as if to whif^er to it, and the
word^i" or ua appears iounediately.
RECREATION LXXV. p. 230
'J'be tree of Dia?ta.
This tree is made by a globule of the a-
malgam <%f G^t with iRgfcury^ put ia
a difl'QlutioB of filver filinge and mer-
cury in aqua fbrtis. From this globule
arjfe branches^ that) by fpreading, form
a Hirub or bu&y tree, of a filver hue.
Another metliod of producing diis tree,
p. 231.
KECRE-
g,l,;.d.,C00^lc
^4^ CONTENTS.
RECREATIONS OF ADDRESS AND
DEXTERITY.
Recreations with the cards — Method of
making the pafs, p. 2J5.
RECREATION LXXVI. p. 237
'the card of divination.
You make feveral perfons, who do not
ftand very near each other, draw the
long card ; and each perfon fliufflcs the
pack. You then lay down feveral cards,
among which Is the long card, and afk
each perfon if he fee his card. You
ihufile the pack, and cutting at fhe long
card, go up to one of the parties, and
' {how him his card •, and repeat the lame
operation for all the others. Method
of performing this Recreation by mak-
ing the pafs, p. 239.
RECREATION LXXVII. p. 240
'The four confederate cards.
You fliow a pcrlbn four cards that he may
tjbinl^; on one of them : then dextroufly
place ,
U.,g,l,;.-J.yC00gIC
»
r
CONTENTS. 347
place two of them at top and two at
bottom. You take fcveral cards from
(he bottom> and aflc the perfon if his
card be among them : if not, you pafs
the two cards from the top to the bot-
tom, and ftiow one of them j and if that
be not his card, yoii bid him draw it
from thfe bottom. If his card be a-
mong thofe you firft drew, you fcparate
them dextroufly from the reft, place
them at the bottom, and then do as be-
fore dire^ed.
JtECREATION LXXVIII. p. 241
'fbe numerical card.
The lixteenth card, in a piquet pack, is a
long card. You take feveral from the
top, and a perfon thinks of one of them.
You make the pafs, and he telling you
what number from the top his card was
at, yoii count from that niimber to 16,
and draw afide the 17th, which is the
card. You then aik how many more
you Ihall draw before the card appear,
which
evGoogle
348 CONTENTS.
which being done you throw down the
card.
RECREATION J.XXIX. p.ap
Divmatmi by thefword.
Place a card drawn under the long card,
and then bring it to the top. Throw
the pack on the ground, and obfervc
where the top <;ard falis. A handker-
■ chief being bottrKi over j'our eyes, in
fuch manner that you can fee the ground,
you touch ^|?veral cardg with a fword,
and at laft ^it in the top card.
RECREATION LXXX. p. 243
"The cards tloiigkt on per force.
Eeveral cards arc fpreai before a perfon,
in fuch manner that only one is com-
pletely viiible, and yoii obferve, care-
fully, whether the perfon fix his eye on
that card : if not, you make hinj
draw
i:,Google
CONTENTS. 3+9
draw a card, and perforfa fome other
Recreation.
RECREATION LXXXl. p.244
^k^ tranfmufahie car4s.
There are two cards of the fame fort, one
_ of which is put at top, and the other
next the bottom card. You fhow a
perfon the bottom card, and convey
it dextroufly away; then drawing ofF
the fuppofed bottom card, you direft
the ptrfon to put it under his hand.
You next fiiuffle the pack, and bring-
ing the top card to the bottom, you
fhow it to another perfon, and convey
it privately away; then drawing off the
next card you diretS the laft perfon to
put'it under his hand, and command
the cards under the two perfons hands
to change places, which they will ^-
pear to do.
RECRE-
ib,GoogIc
35°
CONTENT^.
RECREATION LXXXlI. p,246
7!i&£ three magical parties.
A perfon draws the long card, and puts it
in any part of the pack. You make
the pafs, and bring it to the top : then
divide the pack into three heaps, and
afk him in which heap his card ihall be,
and at . what number it ihall appear.
You place the heap he names over that
at the top where the card is, and after
telling down the number of cards
named, you make the pafs, bring the
card to the top, and turn it up.
RECREATION LXXXIII. p. 247
^be inverted cards. .
One end of all the cards of a pack are cut
afmall matter narrower than the other.
A perfon draws a card, and wh en he
puts it in a^in you offer the othe; end
of
u.,g,i,;.d.,CoogIe
CONTENTS. 351
of the pack : the cards are then {huf-
fled, and as you turn them up, one by
one, you diftinguifli, by the touch, the
card he drew.
RECREATION* LXXXIV. p. 249
'7%e card difcovered by the touch or fmell,
A perfon draws the long card, puts it in
again, and ihufflcs the cards. You pre-
tend to feel the figures on the cards, or
fmell to them, and when you come to
the long card you turn it up.
RECREATION LXXXV. p. 250
"The incomprebenfibk tran/pofition.
A card of the fame fort as the long card is
put in an egg : you make a perfon draw
the long card, and while he is breaking
the egg, you conceal that card. This
Recreation diverfified by offering levcral
eggs that each contain the fame card ;
and
i=;GoogIe
3^ CO N T EN T S.
and by a confederate, who kpQws the
c^g in which the card is put.
RECREATION LXXXVI. p.ap .
"fie cfirJ in tie pocket-book, .
This is perfqrpied by the aid of a confer
derate, who knows the card you have
taken from the pack> and concealed %n
your pocket-book. .
RECREATION LuirauiVII. p. C52
To tell the card that a perfon has mly once
takcbed "dBit-h bUjingir. ■
You agree with your confederate on cer-
tain figns, by wbich to exprefs the fuit
- and particular card ; and you fix on a -
perfon to toach- the card who ftands
near yoor confederits.
.^ ■
RECRE-
j:,GoogIe
CONTENTS, 353
RECREATION LXXXVin.p.254
To name feoerd cards thai two perfons
have tif^wn from the pad.
You divide a piquet pack into two parts
by a long card^ and fo difpofe the cards
of each part tliat you can eafily recol-
lefl; them. Yoa let a perfoii draw tiyo
or more cards from the firft partj and
put them into the fecond ; and in like
manner, another perfon draws from the
fecond part uid puts them into the firft,
and by Ipreadiog the. cards on the ta>
ble, you eafily diftinguifh which cards
were drawn*
RECREATION tXXXlX. p. 455
Tbe two cowuer'tihle cards.
On the ace of fpades a heart is flightly
palled* and on the ace of hevts t fpade.
You lay thcfe two cards on the ground,
at the fame time flipping off the figures
-Vol.. IV. A a pafted
...L,.___,GoogIc
354 CON TEN T S.
paftcd dn theni, and defire twH perfonff
to p\it each of them his foot on one of
the cards, and you then command the
two cards to change places; which they"
appear to do. Method of performing
a iimilar experiment with a Angle card>.
p. 256-
RECREATION XC. p, 257
"the fifteen tboufand Ihsres^
You take two cards like PI. XIV. Fig. 3.
/ with an ace and five of diamonds j and
fey placing ihefe cards' in different po-
fitibnsV ydu make them appear to be ei-
ther 3 or 15.
RECREATION XCI. p. 259
I'/je card d^covered under the handkerchief. .
A pcrfon draws a card %nd puts jjX in the '
middle of thp pack : you make the pafs,
. and bring it to the top. Then throw-
ing
jz.CdogIc
C ON TEN T S. 355
lag a handkerchief over the pack/ you
. take off the top card> leeming at the
Tame time to fearch among the cards.
RECREATION XCII. p. 260
To change the cards that fiveral perjhm
halie drawn from the pack.
You make the pafs, bring the top card to
the middle^ and let a perfon draw it :
. then make the pafs again, and bring it
to the middle, and let a iecond perfon
dra* it ; and fo for three or four more.
You after Ihow the card to the fe-
. veral parties, feparatcly, and they all
acknowledge it to be the card they
drew.
RECREATION XCIII. p. 261
'The four infeparoBJe kings.
The four kings and two other cards are
put at the botCdm : one of the kings is
' A a 2 drawa
ii^dbyGoO^IC
356 CO NT E NTS,
drawn and put at top) then the two
other cards are drawn and put in dif-
ferent parts, and when the cards sre cut
all the kings will be together in the
middle.
RECREATION XCtV. p. 262
5tf teU the number of cards by tbdr weight.
There are two long cards, vthnie number
from the top you know» Mid hy cut-
ting at theie cards you teU the Dumber
over thenu
RECREATION XCV. p. 163
?o difcover the card that is drawn by the
throw of a die.
The packeonfiUs of onlj 6x forts of cards
repeated &x. times* and at the bottom of
each pwcel is a long card. A perfon
draws one of theie cards and puts it into
the &me parcel again. Vou cue the
pack/
g,l,;.d.,C00^lc
CONTENTS. 357
pack* by the long cards, into fix heaps^
and giving the pcribn a die» tcU him his
card Oiall be in that heap which anfu^rs
to the number he throws on the die.
RECREATION XCVI. p. 264
To feperate the- two colours of a fack of
cards by ene cut.
The cards are prepared 1:^ cutting thofe
of one colour fomething narrower than
the others, as in a former Recreation,
and then you feparate the two colours
by one motion of your hands.
RECREATION XCVH. ^.266
3%e metamorpbofed cards.
Under a wide card in the middle of the
pack is placed two particular cards, and
two others of the fame fort at the top :
and between them two cards on which
figures are painted. .You, open the pack
A a 3 »t
giiiz.d ..Google
358 ■ CONTENTS.
at the wide card, and let a perfon draw
oae of the two cards and replace it :
you then dextroufly bring one of the
painted cards at top to the middle, and
' ihow him the change : you perfortn in '
the like riiaiincr with another perfbn
and the two other cards,
RECREATION XCVIII. p. 268
• 7Se cards in the opera-glafs.
At the end of an opera-glafs is a fmall
card, hut which appears there of the
common iize : this card has figures , on
both fides, ^either of which is vifible by
turning the glafs differently. You make
a perfon draw one of thofe cards from
the pack, andthejt fliow it him in the
RECREATION XCIX. p, 270
"The magic ring.
Under a large f rgnfparent ftone in a ring
(Plate XIV. Fig. '9.) Is the 6gure of a
fmaU
./Google
CON-TENT k 359
fmaU card and over it a pieceof filk that
may be drawn afide; byturning the ftone
round. A perfon draws a fimilar cSrd
irom the pack, and burns ii. You rub
the ftone witli the aftics, andlurning
it about, fliow the perfon the card he
iurnt.
RECREATION C, p. 271
Ti&e curd in the mirror.
A mirror is moveable in its frame, which
isofthewidthofacard(Pl.XIV.Fig. 10.)
A part of the-quiekfilver is fcraped off
the mirror, - and a card -fixed over that
part, which is -to be behind the frame.
This ^nirrcu: moves in a gcpove, and
there are' itwo ftrings that go from the
back of it, through the partition of the
room. You make a perfon draw the
■fame fort of card as that in^the mirror,
And put it in ■ the middle of the pack :
you make the pafs, and bring it to the ,
JK>ttom i then tell him to look in the mir-
A a 4 ror
ib,GoogIe
36o CONTENTS,
ror for his card> and while the confede^
rate is bringing it forward you iecrete
the card he 4rew.
RECREATION CI. p.»74
'^he marueUoui v'afe,
A vafe that is placed on a bracket {Plate
XIV. Fig. II.) has five divifions, in
three of which a fingle card is placed,
and in another a pack of cards. There
is a ftring that goes thrtwgh thp three
£nall diyiiions down the bracket, and
through the partitipa. Three per&ns
draw from a pack thr^ cards of the
. fame iprt with ^ipf^ in die va^ and
puttifig them in again, ihuffie the pack,
which you put in the fifth divifion.
Your ailiftant then mak« the ^ee cards
rife gently out of the vafe, by drawing
the firing. Vou take put the other pack,
tlut you had previoufly placed in the
"fourth divirtoD, aqd (how that the three
cards are gone from it.
RECRg-
g,l,;.d.,C00gIC
CONTENTS. 36J
■ JIECREATION CU. p. 276
^he Svinati^ perJPe6Hve glafs.
A ftnall tatie of numbers ie placed at the
end of a pcrfpeftive gkfs. You gWc a
perfon a pack of twenty-feven cards
^at he may think on one of them. You
then lay the cards down, fingly, in three
heaps; aflc the perfon in which heap
his card is ; and at what number it ihall
appear. Then k»k at that heap thro*
the glafs, and according to the number
Ihat ftands in the perfpcitive againft
diat he mentioned, you put diat heap
either at top, in the middle, or at bot-
tom : this operation you perHxm three
times, and then telling the cards down,
one by one, the card he fixed on will be
at the number he named.
RECRE-
i.,CoogIi:
362 C O N T E N T 1
RECREATION CHL p.280
7& burnt ivritifig rfftared.
The inline of the cover of a memorandum-
book 16 nibbed over with foot mixed
with brown foap ; under this cover you
place a piece of paper> and give a per-
fon another paper, which he lays on die
outfide of the book, and writes what he
tiiinks proper^ with a pencil you give
him, and that will not mark without
preffing hard on. it; therefore as he
writes on the cover, the fame letters will
. - be impr^d on the paper und.er it. Yon
dircA the perfon to burn what he has
wrote* without Oiowing it j and going
uito another room to fetch a box, you
take the paper from the memorandum-
book, and put it in one fide of the box.
Yon return to the room, put a blank
paper in the other fide of the box, and
prefently after turning it dextroufly
«ver, yea take out the paper on which
the
_,CoogIe
G-ON T EN T S. 363
the impFcfnon is niad^, which the per-
fon -wiU acknowledge to be his writing.
RECREATION CIV/ .p.283
^be opaque box rendered trati^arent.
A perfoa writes what he thinks proper on
a flip of paper, the memorandum-book
defcribcd in the laft Recreation, being
placed under it, and puts -the paper ,in a
box, which he keeps. You put the
memorandum-book in the prefs men-
tioned in the 64th Recreation, andyour
confederate takes it out and; puts itJat
the bottom of a perfpeftive, which you
take out, and holding it over'the box
fee what is wrote on the paper, pre-
tending at the fame time to fee through
the top of the box. A fimilar experi-
ment with a counter that is taken out
of a bag, and another counter of thp
fame fort put at the bottom of a perfpec-
$iyc, p. *84. ■ . . . '
RECRE-
:d=,GoogIc
364 CONTENTS.
RECREATION CV. p.285
7^ trau^ofaMe pieces.
Two guineas and two fliiUings are ground
to half tfaeir common thicknefs, and
then one of etch Tort joihed togedier.
Oae <^ thefe double pieces is placed m
one hand* with the guinea upward, £uid
the other in the other hatid with the
fliillisg upward : then by clofing your
hwads you turn the pieces over, when
the ibilliag and guiitea appear to have
{^hianged places.
RECREATION CVI. p. 8^6
^e geometric moftey.
A piece ^f paileboard, in £brm of a paral-
lklogram> (fee the Fig -p. 286.) is divided
into thirty equal parts, in each of which
is drawn the figure of t piece of oxmey.
This parallelogram is cut-^to four parts,
and thofe parts, when formed into two
figures.
g,l,;.d.,C00gIC
CONTENTS. 365-
figures* as in p. z%y,<contA\tt the figures
of thirty-two pieces of mciney.
RECREATION CVII, p. 288
Tie peftetrstive gained.
In a tin box, of the fire of a fnuff-
box, there are eight more, which go
into each other } they all ihut with a
hinge, and the laft is locked. Thefc
boxes are placed in a drawer, and open.
You dcfire a perfon to lend you a new
guinea, and mark it : this guinea you
flip into the leaft box, and dofe them all
at once in taking them out of the draw-
er; then having another new guinea in
your other hand, and which is fuppofed
to be the fame, you pretend to make it
pafs through the box, and convey it
away. You then give the boxes to any
one, and he opens them all to the laA,
of which you give him the key, and on
opening that box he finds the guinea he
had
J ..Google
366 CONTENTS.
had ^marked. This Recreation im-
proved by flipping the key into a ftran-
gcr's fnuff-box, or by a confederate,
, p. 290.
RECREATION GVni. p. 290
, . 76e ' rufufcifated jlawer.
There is'a dduble tin mortar, and between
its two bottoms in a vacuity (fee the Fig.
p. 291.) At the fide of this mortar is
■ a Ipring, by which the bottom is turned
round. Having placed a flower between
the two bottoms, you take another of
the fame fort, and pulling it, to pieces^
pound it in the mortar, which you then
hold over a lamp, that the flower may
be reftored ; and at the fame time prefl"-
ing the Ipring with your finger, the
brutfed parts defcend and the whole
flowtr turns up, which you take out
and prefent to the company.
AN
g,l,;.d.,C00gIC
Live Music
Archive
Librivox
Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland
Museum of Art
Internet
Arcade
Console Living Room
Open Library
American
Libraries
TV News
Understanding
9/11